Prospectus Undergraduate Studies
Prospectus Undergraduate Studies
Prospectus Undergraduate Studies
2011
(Note: The final interpretation of all regulations in this Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies
shall be vested in Council).
i
NOTE
The Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies is valid for 2011 only. Curricula and syllabi may
be amended for 2012.
The Registrar
Polytechnic of Namibia
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
NAMIBIA
Although the information contained in this Prospectus has been compiled as accurately as
possible, Council and Senate accept no responsibility for any errors and omissions, which
may occur. The Polytechnic retains the right to amend regulations or conditions without prior
notice.
Due to the rapidly changing external environment that many programmes operate in, and the
Polytechnic’s desire to remain constantly relevant in its offerings, some programmes may be
significantly amended after publication of this Prospectus. Please consult our website for the
latest versions of our curricula, syllabi and academic regulations.
The fact that particulars of a specific programme, field of study, subject, or course have been
included in this Prospectus does not necessarily mean that such a programme, field of study,
subject, or course will be offered in the academic year 2011.
ii
RECTOR’S FOREWORD
Walter Bagehot, an English journalist and economist who lived in the 19th century, once said, “the greatest
pleasure in life is doing what people say you cannot do.” That is the true spirit of an explorer. One who
dares to venture into un-trodden paths and sail in uncharted waters.
The prevailing global financial/economic predicament is the most serious since the Great Depression of the
last century. Stock markets have fallen and remain jittery; large financial institutions been bailed out or taken
over by governments, or have simply folded; the increase in the commodity prices has not relented, thus
affecting poorer countries’ growth more negatively; and even the wealthiest governments have formulate
austerity measures to save their economies. This crisis has indeed changed the world forever.
What is Namibia’s response to this changed world? Are we going to watch the unfolding events at the
sidelines, or are we going to translate them into new opportunities? Often, we’re caught up in the daily
struggle for survival and routines - obscured by the challenges and difficulties – that we don’t realise the
many opportunities that lie beyond the moment or the dark cloud of gloom. The Chinese use two brush
strokes to write the world “crisis”: one brush stroke symbolises danger, the other opportunity. This is the
advice we give to our nation.
Just like an explorer’s instinct to preserve and overcome obstacles in his chosen path, the Polytechnic of
Namibia has remained resolute in deciphering the hidden opportunities or “treasures” that lie ahead. We
say that with a great measure of confidence because the Polytechnic provides a rich teaching and learning
environment for our faculty, staff and students, one with many academic pathways and global opportunities.
Over the years, we have launched bold and exciting new initiatives which represent fundamental shifts in
our educational approach, and the new curriculum model is a case in point. It is a curriculum developed
in a multi-cultural environment that speaks to the modern economy, the latter which requires graduates
with diverse foundational and advanced knowledge, and specialised skills and ‘world-of-work’ experience.
The many national and international partnerships and awards we have earned simply tell a story of the
recognition of our success and appreciation.
We offer high-class teaching and learning, research and services across a wide range of disciplines,
and develop ‘export-quality’ manpower. It is a well-known fact that our students and graduates are well
accepted internationally and have the advantage in the job market – they have bright prospects and are
almost always certain of employment.
In short, the Polytechnic is a crucible for understanding and mastering the world man is born into. We look
equally curiously at a particle of sand as we do at a particle of gold, because both are unique and must be
understood for their value and utility. Our meaning and relevance to the society is reflected in the relevant
and wide range of qualifications at under- and post-graduate levels we offer in sought-after disciplines
such as Architecture, Business, Communication, Entrepreneurship, Information and Communication
Technology, Engineering (including Mining and Transport), Health Sciences, Logistics and Supply Chain
Management, Management, Natural Resource Management (including Land Management), and Hospitality
and Tourism Management.
The qualifications, research and services are tailored to respond to the specific and evolving needs of
business and industry, and are supported by a network of specialised entities such as the Centres for
Teaching and Learning, Entrepreneurial Development, Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency, as well
as the Namibian-German Centre for Logistics, the Namibia Business Innovation Centre, and the Harold
Pupkewitz Graduate School of Business (HP-GSB).
The new knowledge economy will be managed by knowledge workers – those who are well educated,
well skilled and versatile. Our desire is to see our nation under visionary and capable leaders - leaders
with imagination and foresight, and who are excellent at the art of strategic thinking. They are the pillars
of ‘sustainable innovation.’ I welcome you all warmly to the Polytechnic and trust you to unleash your
potential so that you can ‘fly where the eagles fly’.
Faithfully,
iii
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Higher education in Namibia started around 1979/80. Prior to this, all students wishing to
pursue higher education had to go to South Africa or other countries abroad.
The Polytechnic of Namibia has its roots in the establishment of the Academy for Tertiary
Education by Act No. 13 of 1980. Classes in Teacher Training and Secretarial Courses started
on 14 January 1980.
Five years later, another Act, number 9 of 1985 was promulgated and the Academy consisting
of a university component (the present University of Namibia), a Technikon, and College for
Out-of School Training was established. The Technikon offered a total of 17 diploma and
certificate courses in Agriculture and Nature Conservation, Personnel Management, Public
Administration, Cost Accounting, Secretarial Training, and Communicative and Legal Training.
The College for Out-of-School Training (COST) offered 13 certificate courses in Technical and
Commerce/General areas. Some of the courses included pre-tertiary teacher training.
Shortly after independence in 1990 it was resolved that the three components be collapsed
into two independent higher education institutions, namely, a university and a polytechnic.
Act No. 18 of 1992 that established the University of Namibia was promulgated and this left
the Technikon and COST in some limbo, but they were placed under the auspices of the new
university until the promulgation of the Polytechnic Act.
Two years later, with the establishment of the Polytechnic of Namibia by Act No. 33 of 1994,
Technikon Namibia and the College for Out-of-School Training (COST) merged to become the
Polytechnic of Namibia. The Act provides for the gradual phasing out of vocational training
courses and the granting of degrees by the Polytechnic.
The former City Campus (former Academy) became the Polytechnic and its first Rector, Dr.
Tjama Tjivikua, was appointed on 4 August 1995, and the first meeting of Council was held on
10 August 1995. This event accelerated and completed the delinkage of the two institutions
of higher education in December 1995. The Polytechnic thus became an independent and
autonomous institution in January 1996. It held its first graduation ceremony at which the
President of the Republic of Namibia, Dr. Sam Nujoma, delivered the keynote address on 18
April 1996.
The Polytechnic’s governing structure includes the Council, its supreme policy-making body,
the Senate, which is responsible for the academic component of the institution, the Rector, its
chief academic and administrative officer, and a Students Representative Council.
Today, the Polytechnic offers 31 Certificates (29 Undergraduate and 2 Postgraduate Certificates),
21 Diplomas, 39 Bachelor degrees,15 Bachelor Honours degrees and 6 Masters degrees in
sixty-seven programmes ranging from Architecture, Business Administration, Communication,
Criminal Justice and Entrepreneurship to Engineering (including Mining and Transportation),
Geoinformation Technology, Information and Communication Technology, Bio-medical and
Environmental Health Sciences, Hospitality and Tourism Management, Logistics and Supply
Chain Management and Nature Conservation.
iv
MISSION AND VISION
VISION
To be a premier university of science and technology educating leaders for the new
economy.
MISSION
v
CONTENTS
Page
Note ii
Rector’s Foreword iii
Historical Perspective iv
Mission and Vision v
Contents vi
Contact Details x
Officers of the Polytechnic xi
Members of Council xii
Members of Senate xiii
Academic Calendar 2011 xv
Academic Year 2011: Dates for Semester and Year Courses 2011 and 2012 xx
Meetings 2011 xxi
FEES
Enquiries and Payments 33
Stipulations Regarding Students Fees 34
Fees Payable 34
Payment of Fees 39
Rebates and/or Discounts 40
Interest on Overdue Accounts 41
Refunds 41
Non-Formal Courses 42
Financial Assistance 42
vi
Bachelor of Technology: Marketing 68
Department of Human Resources Management 72
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (New) 72
National Diploma: Human Resources Management (2007-2009) 78
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Phased out 2006) 83
Department of Office Management & Technology 86
Bachelor of Office Management & Technology 87
Department of Economics 92
Bachelor of Technology: Economics 92
Bachelor of Transport Management 95
Department of Public Management 98
Bachelor of Technology: Public Management 98
Bachelor of Public Management 102
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
Staff 132
Engineering Admission Requirements 132
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil: Urban or Water 142
Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Urban Engineering 145
Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Water Engineering 145
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil 146
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining 151
Bachelor of Technology: Electronic/Power Engineering 154
Bachelor of Technology: Electronic Engineering 154
Bachelor of Technology: Power Engineering 157
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power 163
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication 165
National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical 171
Bachelor of Technology Degree in Mechanical Engineering 174
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical 175
Department of Technical and Vocational Education and Training 180
National Certificate: Vocational Instructor 181
National Higher Certificate: Vocational Instructor 182
National Diploma: Vocational Instructor 182
Department of Architecture 184
Bachelor of Architecture Honours 184
vii
National Higher Certificate: Emergency Medical Care 193
Department of Environmental Health Sciences 195
Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences 195
Department of Mathematics and Statistics 198
Bachelor of Science: Applied Mathematics and Statistics 198
viii
Bachelor of Technology: Accounting and Finance 308
Bachelor of Business Administration 311
National Diploma: Business Administration 314
National Diploma: Marketing 316
Bachelor of Human Resources Management 322
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (2007-2010) 327
Bachelor of Office Management and Technology 337
Bachelor of Technology: Economics 338
Bachelor of English 344
Bachelor of Communication 346
Bachelor of Hospitality Management 348
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management 349
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation 350
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management 351
Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education (NEEC) 351
AWARDS 378
Rector’s Medal 378
Merit Awards 378
ix
CONTACT DETAILS
TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Polytechnic Switchboard Operator: 2072111
x
OFFICERS OF THE POLYTECHNIC
RECTOR
Tjama Tjivikua, B.A. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.S. (Lowell), Ph.D. (Pittsburgh)
REGISTRAR
Corneels Hermanus Jafta, B.Econ, H.E.D. (Western Cape), B.Ed. (UNAM), M.Ed.
(Canberra)
BURSAR
Sadia Brendel, Dip. Admin, B. Admin (Unam)
CHIEF LIBRARIAN
Judy Grobler, B.Bibl. (UOFS)
DEAN OF STUDENTS
Frieda Shimbuli, B.Sc. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.Sc. (St Joseph’s University), Dip.
Journalism (Berlin), Cert. Audio-Visual (London)
xi
MEMBERS OF COUNCIL
xii
MEMBERS OF SENATE
Members of Council
Dr Louis Burger – Council Member
Ms Florence Munyungano – Council Member
xiii
School of Natural Resources and Tourism (SNRT)
Mr. Lameck Mwewa - Dean
Mr. Salomo Mbai - HOD: Agriculture
Dr. Joram Ndlovu – HOD: Hospitality and Tourism Management
Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - HOD: Land Management
Dr. Willem Jankowitz – HOD: Nature Conservation
Library
Ms. Judy Grobler – Chief Librarian
SRC
Mr. Ashwell Forbes - President
xiv
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2011
CORE DATES
DATE ACTIVITY
JANUARY
1 S New Years Day (Public Holiday)
3 M Institution Re-opens
Administrative Staff Resume Duty
17 M Namibian Schools Open (First Term)
18 Tu Academic Staff Resume Office Duties
21 F Last Day for Application for Remark and Recheck: November 2010 Examinations
Academic Welcome
23 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
24 M Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek – Information Administration
Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (March Senate)
28 F Registration Ends: Senior Students
Submission of Revised Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek – Information Administration
31 M Registration Begins: First Year Students
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek - Information Administration
FEBRUARY
xv
APRIL
1 F Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate
in March)
4 M Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (June Senate)
6 W Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet : April 2011 – Faculty Officers
only – Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks
9 S MIB (International Financial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
14 Th Awards Ceremony
16 S Graduation Ceremony
17 S MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
18 M Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum)
Documentation
20 W Agenda Closes: All Boards of Studies
21 Th Meeting: Council
Namibian Schools Close (First Term)
Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers: June Examination Session
22 F Good Friday (Public Holiday)
25 M Easter Monday (Public Holiday)
26 Tu Mid Semester Break Begins
COLL Vacation School Begins
28 Th Last day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Text books for
the 2nd Semester, 2011
29 F Last day for Course Cancellation of Any Nature
100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
38% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
Mid Semester Break Ends
COLL Vacation School Ends
MAY
1 S Workers Day (Public Holiday)
2 M Public Holiday
3 Tu Institutional Holiday
4 W Cassinga Day (Public Holiday)
5 Th Lectures Begin: All Schools
Meeting: BOS – Communication
6 F Meeting: BOS – Information Technology
7 S MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
9 M Meeting: BOS – Business and Management
Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers: June Examination Session
10 Tu Meeting: BOS –Natural Resources & Tourism
11 W Meeting: BOS –Engineering
12 Th Meeting: BOS – Health and Applied Sciences
Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: October 2011 Ceremony
15 S MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
16 M Namibian Schools Open (Second Term)
Submission to Examinations of Semester Marks: COLL
18 W HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
19 Th HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
20 F Lectures End: First Semester – All Schools
23 M Last Day for Submission of Semester Mark: Semester Courses
25 W Africa Day (Public Holiday)
26 Th Agendas Close: Senate
Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin
28 S Information Administration Practical Examinations End
30 M Examinations Begin: June Session – Semester Courses
50% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
JUNE
2 Tu Ascension Day (Public Holiday)
4 S MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
10 F Meeting: Senate
15 W Agenda Closes: Council
16 Th Day of the African Child (School Holiday)
18 S Examinations End: June Session – Semester Courses
19 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE
20 M Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses
Mid Year Recess Begins
xvi
24 F Polytechnic Management Meeting
Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate
in June)
26 S MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort)
27 M Last Day for Submission of Examination Marks: June Session
30 Th 62% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
Last Day for Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Year Courses
JULY
1 F SENEX: June Examination Results (am)
Release of June Examination Results (pm)
3 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
4 M Registration Begins: Second Semester
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration
8 F Meeting: Council
Registration Ends: Second Semester
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek - Information Administration
10 S Mid Year Recess Ends
11 M Lectures Begin: Second Semester – All Schools
14 Th Last Day for Application for Remark: June Examinations
15 F Last Day for Deans/HOD’s to Submit Fees Analysis to Finance
Submission of Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year
16 S MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort)
22 F Polytechnic Management Meeting
25 M Academic Promotion of Students Begins
27 W Agenda Closes: Senate
29 F 33% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
74% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
Last Day for Course Amendments/Cancellations with 100% Credit: Semester Courses
Last Day for Submission to Finance of Budget Estimates and Motivations
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
1 Tu SENEX: October Promotion and Graduation
2 F Meeting: Council
5 M Meeting: BOS – Engineering
Namibian Schools Open (Third Term)
6 Tu Meeting: BOS – Natural Resources and Tourism
7 W Meeting: BOS – Information Technology
8 Th Meeting: BOS – Communication
Last Day for all Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Semester Courses
9 F Meeting: BOS – Health and Applied Sciences
12 M Meeting: BOS – Business and Management
xvii
14 W Agenda Closes: Senate
15 Th Last Day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Textbooks for
the 1st Semester 2012
23 F Polytechnic Management Meeting
25 S MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort)
29 Th Mature Age Entry Testing Begins
Last Day for Submission of Applications for 2012
Last Day for Course Cancellations of Any Nature
100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester and Year Courses
OCTOBER
1 S Mature Age Entry Testing Ends
MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort)
3 M Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session
4 Tu Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet: October 2011 Ceremony –
Faculty Officers only – Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks
7 F Meeting: Senate
10 M Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session
13 Th Awards Ceremony
14 F Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: COLL
Graduation Ceremony
20 Th Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: April 2012 Ceremony
21 F Lectures End: Second Semester – All Schools
Polytechnic Management Meeting
Agenda Closes: Council
24 M Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: Second Semester Courses
Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin
Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate
in October)
28 F Information Administration Practical Examinations End
31 M Examinations Begin: November Session
Last Day for External Purchase Orders
NOVEMBER
3 Th Last day for Processing of Applications of Prospective Students for 2012
4 F Meeting: Council
7 M Selection of New Students for 2012 Begins
19 S Examinations End: November Session
20 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE
21 M Selection of New Students for 2012 Ends
22 T Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses
25 F Polytechnic Management Meeting
Submissions of Contributions for Annual Report 2011
28 M Last Day for Submission to Examinations of all Examination Marks
Dispatch of Letters of Admission/Rejection
Last Day for Internal Purchases from the Stores
DECEMBER
2 F Academic Promotion of Students Begins
7 W Namibian Schools Close (Third Term)
8 Th Academic Promotion of Students Ends
9 F SENEX: November Examination Results (am)
Release of November Examination Results (pm)
End of Academic Activities
10 S International Human Rights Day (Public Holiday)
22 Th Institution Closes: 16:30
23 F Institution Closed
25 S Christmas Day (Public Holiday)
26 M Family Day (Public Holiday)
27 Tu Institution Closed
JANUARY 2012
1 S New Years Day (Public Holiday)
2 M Public Holiday
3 Tu Administrative Staff Resume Office Duties
16 M Namibian Schools Open (First Term)
18 W Academic Staff Resume Office Duties
19 Th Last Day for Applications for Remark: November 2011 Examinations
Academic Welcome
22 S HOSTEL AND KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
23 M Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek – Information Administration
xviii
24 Tu Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres for Review (PD&R, QA, CTL)
27 F Registration Ends: Senior Students
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek – Information Administration
30 M Registration Begins: First Year Students
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration
xix
ACADEMIC YEAR 2011
Semester Dates
Semester 1 08.02 – 20.05
Mid-semester break 26.04 – 29.04
ACADEMIC YEAR 2012
Semester Dates
Semester 2 16.07-26.10
Mid-semester break 28.08- 31.08
XX
MEETINGS
BOARDS OF STUDIES
School/Month Feb/Mar May September
Natural Resources and Tourism 21.02 10.05 06.09
Communication 22.02 05.05 08.09
Engineering 23.02 11.05 05.09
Business and Management 24.02 09.05 12.09
Information Technology 28.02 06.05 07.09
Health and Applied Sciences 01.03 12.05 09.09
SENATE
March June August October
18 (Friday) 10 (Friday) 12 (Friday) 07 (Friday)
SENEX (EXAMINATIONS)
July December
01 (Friday) 09 (Friday)
COUNCIL
April July September November
21 (Thursday) 08 (Friday) 02 (Friday) 04 (Friday)
xxi
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK
INTRODUCTION
The curriculum framework of the Polytechnic of Namibia (PON) was approved by Senate in
October 2009 and implementation commenced in January 2010. The curriculum framework
document was developed in the context of the institution’s vision, mission and values and
brings together all aspects of the Polytechnic’s intentions and expectations in terms of
programme attributes and development imperatives, teaching and learning and assessment,
and provides a coherent guiding document within which these attributes are to be achieved
and these activities are to be carried out. The provisions of the curriculum framework apply
to the development, teaching and assessment of all programmes leading to qualifications at
the Polytechnic and facilitate, amongst others, the alignment of qualifications to the National
Qualifications Framework (NQF).
1
Institutional Core requirements (maximum 36 credits)
Polytechnic core requirements that should form part of all qualifications are courses
delivering competencies in the following areas:
• Computer User Skills
• English Communication
• Information Competence
• Basic Mathematics
• Basic Science
• Contemporary Issues
Learners entering with good competencies in some of the above courses may be
exempted from these courses in accordance with standards and criteria decided
by Senate from time to time. Some of these institutional core courses, such as
Basic Mathematics and Basic Science, may be subsumed by the core courses of a
programme.
2
Language in Practice English Language Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4
(Higher Level)
3
POLYTECHNIC QUALIFICATION TYPES
Certificates and Diplomas at NQF Level 4-8 including Postgraduate Certificates and
Diplomas
Polytechnic Certificates and Diplomas are qualifications issued at any level from 4 - 8. The
purpose of these qualifications is to fulfil particular needs in society and industry.
The NQF Level of the Certificate/Diploma will always be communicated in the description
and title of the qualification and in the transcript, with those at Level 8 being designated
‘Postgraduate’.
The Bachelor degree may include the credits for a National Certificate and/or a National
Diploma.
The credits for the Bachelor degree are spread more or less evenly over levels 5, 6 and 7 of
the NQF to ensure progression of complexity of learning and the building and deepening of
knowledge in one or two major subject areas or areas of professional/technical practice.
The Polytechnic of Namibia restricts the use of the qualification title ‘Bachelor of Science’
to those Bachelor degrees of which the professional or technical studies comprises at least
50 % of studies in the Natural Sciences. All other Bachelor degrees may use the appropriate
professional/technical designation.
The curriculum for the Bachelor degree in each School or common area of study is designed
in such a way that there is great opportunity for credit transfer at Levels 4 and 5 between
qualifications in the same School and also across Schools in the institution.
4
The Professional Bachelor (Level 8)
The Professional Bachelor degree at Level 8 is designed to fulfil the educational requirements
for registration as a professional in any of the fields controlled by national regulated professional
bodies. The outcomes of the Professional Bachelor will meet both the requirements of the NQF
and that of the profession or occupation concerned, should these be different.
The Professional Bachelor consists of a minimum of 480 credits and must meet the professional
registration requirements of the appropriate professional body. A minimum of 120 credits must
be at Level 8. In addition to the requirements of the professional body, if not subsumed by
such requirements, the professional Bachelor shall include the following essential elements
of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model:
• Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising:
o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills
in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological
Competence, and Contemporary Issues.
o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject
areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted
in the School.
o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learner’s experience and
competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside
the School/Faculty.
The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level
or any other appropriate qualification at level 9.
The Integrated Bachelor Honours shall include the following essential elements of the
Polytechnic Curriculum Model:
• Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising:
o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills
in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological
Competence, and Contemporary Issues.
o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject
areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted
in the School.
o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learner’s experience and
competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside
the School/Faculty.
The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level
or any other appropriate qualification at level 9.
5
output. The Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) degree builds on the outcomes of a Bachelor
degree in the same subject area or career-focused cognate area of learning.
The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level
or any other appropriate qualification at level 9.
Master
The Polytechnic Master degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 9, consisting of a minimum
of 240 credits, all of which must be at Level 9. The requirements for the Master degree can be
completed by thesis only, by thesis and coursework combined or by mini-thesis and coursework
combined. In the case of a Masters degree combining coursework with a thesis or mini-thesis,
the contribution of research output must constitute at least 80 of the eligible credits.
The Master degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further studies at
Doctoral level or any other qualification at Level 10.
Doctorate
The Polytechnic Doctoral degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 10, consisting of a minimum
of 360 credits, all of which must be at level 10.
6
7
QUALIFICATIONS
The following certificates, diplomas and degrees are offered by the Polytechnic of Namibia:
Undergraduate
Certificate in Criminal Justice 132 credits Level 5 25CCJT
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) 375 credits Level 7 25BACJ
Bachelor of Science in Applied Maths and Stats 455 credits Level 7 35BAMS
(Accounting option)
461 credits
(Economics option)
Postgraduate
Bachelor of Criminal Justice Honours 137 credits Level 8 25BHCJ
Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Maths 150 credits Level 8 35BHAM
Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Stats 150 credits Level 8 35BHAS
QUALIFICATIONS ALIGNED WITH NQF (REGISTRATION PENDING)
Undergraduate
Certificate in Public Management 1 year 24BPMA
Certificate in Transport Management 1 year 05CTRM
Diploma in Human Resources Management 2 years 06DHRM
Diploma in Transport Management 2 years 06DTRM
Bachelor of Public Management 3 years 24BPMA
Bachelor of Human Resources Management 3 years 07BHRM
Bachelor of Transport Management 3 years 07BTRM
Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management 3 years 07BLSM
Bachelor of Entrepreneurship Honours 4 years 22BHEP
Bachelor of English 3 years 25BAEN
Bachelor of Communication 3 years 25BACO
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Correctional Management) 3 years 25BCSM
Bachelor of Journalism & Communication Technology 3 years 25BJCT
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil 4.5 years 35BECV
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining 4.5 years 35BEMI
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics & Telecommunications 4.5 years 35BEET
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power 4.5 years 35BEEP
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical 4.5 years 35BEME
Bachelor of Architecture 3 years 59BHAR
Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences 4 years 50BBMS
Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences 4 years 50BEHS
Diploma in Information Technology 1 year 80NDIT
Bachelor of Information Technology: Business Computing 3 years 80BSBC
Bachelor of Information Technology: Software Development 3 years 80BSSD
Bachelor of Information Technology: Systems Admin & Networks 3 years 80BSAN
Certificate in Land Administration 1 year 27CLAD
Certificate in Land Surveying 1 year 27CLAS
Diploma in Agricultural Management 2.5 years 27DAGR
Diploma in Property Studies 3 years 27DPRS
Diploma in Land Administration 2.5 years 27DLAD
Diploma in Geomatics 3 years 27DGEM
Diploma in Geoinformation Technology 2 years 06DGIT
8
Bachelor of Agricultural Management 3.5 years 27BAGR
Bachelor of Property Studies Honours 4 years 27BPRS
Bachelor of Land Administration 3 years 27BLAD
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics 3 years 27BSGE
Bachelor of Geoinformation Technology 3 years 07BGIT
Postgraduate
Bachelor of Human Resources Management Honours 1 year 08HRMH
Bachelor of Public Management Honours 1 year 24BHPM
Bachelor of Logistics Honours 1 year 22BCOH
Master of International Business 2 years 22MIIB
Master of Science in Leadership and Change Management 1.5 years 22MSLC
Post Graduate Executive Cert. in ICT Policy and Regulation 1 year 22PCIT
Bachelor of English Honours 1 year 25BHEN
Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology Honours 1 year 25HJCT
Bachelor of Architecture Honours 1 year 59BHAR
Master of Transportation Engineering 2 years 52MTEN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing 1 year 80BHBC
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering 1 year 80BHSE
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networks 1 year 80BHCN
Post Graduate Cert.: Business Computing (Information Systems Audit) 1 year 08PGBC
Master of Information Technology 2 years 80MIFT
Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours 1 year 27BHAM
Master of Integrated Land Management 2 years 27MILM
9
Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Urban) 2 years 35BCUR
Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Water) 2 years 35BCWT
Bachelor of Technology in Electronic Engineering 2 years 35BELL
Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering 2 years 35BMEC
Bachelor of Technology in Power Engineering 2 years 35BPEN
National Higher Certificate in Emergency Medical Care 2 years 55CEMC
Certificate in Community-Based Natural Resource Management 1 year 27CNRM
Certificate in Namibian Environmental Education 1 year 27NEEC
National Technical Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations 1 year 27CFBO
National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations 1 year 27CRDO
National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations 1 year 27CFBO
National Certificate in Rooms Division Operations 1 year 27CRDO
National Certificate in Travel and Tourism Operations 1 year 27CTTO
National Certificate in Land Use Planning 1 year 27CLUP
National Certificate in Nature Conservation (Techniques) 1 year 27CNAT
National Diploma in Hotel Management 3 years 27DHMN
National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management 3 years 27DTTM
National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) 3 years 27DNAT
National Diploma in Land Use Planning 3 years 27DLUP
Bachelor of Hospitality Management 4 years 27BHMN
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management 4 years 27BTTM
Bachelor of Technology in Land Management 1 year 27BLMN
Bachelor of Technology in Nature Conservation 1 year 27BNAT
Postgraduate
Master of Integrated Water Resources Management:
Module: Water for People (SADC-Cooperation) 6 months 35MWRM
EXTRA-CURRICULAR COURSES
Hospitality Skills Courses
Resort Operations Courses
Computer Training Courses
Language Courses
10
However, to ensure international comparability and quality of its programmes, the Polytechnic
has, since 1999, been evaluated by South African higher education accreditation bodies.
Currently the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC) of the Council for Higher Education
in South Africa is the body that evaluates and accredits its qualifications.
The Master of International Business is accredited by the Foundation for International Business
Administration Accreditation.
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
Mature age applicants are required to sit for a series of tests shortly after the
closing date for applications.
Candidates must have passed at least 5 subjects (not necessarily during the same
examination session), including English Language, with an E symbol or better
on the NSSC Ordinary level and have obtained a total score of at least 25 points
on the Evaluation Scale. Where candidates offer more than five (5) subjects the
best five (5), including English Language, will be counted,
OR
Candidates must have obtained any other school leaving certificate from other
examination authorities that can be regarded as equivalent to the prescribed
qualifications and obtain a total score of at least 25 points on the Evaluation Scale
based on the best five (5) subjects, including English Language.
12
A qualifying candidate is a candidate who has properly submitted an application
for studies; who has met the general admission requirements; and who has met
the specific admission requirements of a programme.
The final selection process will generally not be applicable to students who wish to
study on the distance education mode, but may be so applied in exceptional cases.
Notice of such final selection process for such distance education programmes
will be given separately.
Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references, and passing of the
Polytechnic language proficiency test in English at a level which enables them to
commence programmes of study as approved by Senate.
13
completed qualifications from other accredited institutions of higher learning to
higher study levels within a programme.
Granting such advanced standing shall not involve an evaluation of the credits
on a course-by-course basis as provided for by Rule AC2, but shall rather be
considered on the volume of relevant credits presented and the attainment of core
competencies (learnings) within the curriculum of the programme. Admission with
advanced standing shall be considered under the following conditions:
(a) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must make up at least the
equivalent of one study period (one semester or one year) of the programme
for which such advanced standing is applied for. If such credits do not have the
sufficient volume, i.e they do not make up the equivalent of one study period,
the applicant should be advised to apply for course-by-course credits under
Rule AC2.
(b) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must not be older than
eight years and must be presented in an official original academic transcript
from the institution concerned. Exceptions to the 8-year limitation may only be
decided upon by Senate.
(c) In the case of completed qualifications being presented, such application
must be accompanied by a detailed original academic transcript issued by the
certifying institution.
(d) The volume of advanced standing granted shall not exceed 50 % of the credit
requirements for a degree, except in such cases where a National Diploma is
considered appropriate for enrolment in the fourth-year level of a degree, in
which case such application shall not be considered under this rule, but rather
under rule GI2.4.
14
must be submitted on or before 31 May in the year of first registration as a student,
unless the Registrar allows extension of time.
Students have to provide the Registrar with a postal and residential address as
well as an address for the receipt of accounts. Any change in these addresses
must be submitted to the Registrar without delay but not later than 7 days after
such a change. Official correspondence/financial statements sent to the address
thus provided by the students will be deemed to have been received by them.
Senate may annually determine the closing date for enrolment, provided that Senate
may consent to late registration on payment of a late registration fee.
No student shall be admitted as a candidate for more than one degree, diploma,
or certificate at the same time without the special permission of Senate.
Council may, after consultation with Senate, restrict the number of persons who
may be permitted to register for a particular programme, in which event Senate
may, from amongst the persons qualified to register for such a programme, select
those who will be permitted to register.
GI3.1.2 Obligation to pay for Study Material when changing from Distance Education
or e-Learning to Face-to-face Mode of Study
Students who enrolled for (a) course(s) on the Distance Education or e-Learning
mode and then change to a face-to-face mode will be charged a fee for the study
material issued to them. No study material will be accepted as returns.
Courses, half-courses, modules, or papers followed for NCP are subject to the
same financial conditions and other administrative stipulations as those applicable
to students following these for degree, diploma or certificate purposes.
15
The granting of such credit may be considered only if the student has qualified
for admission to study for the relevant programme on or before April 30 of the
academic year in which he/she has passed the NCP courses or modules.
Students are required to carry their student cards on their person at all times
and may be asked to show such student card by any authorised staff member of
the Polytechnic or its contractors. Students may be denied access to buildings,
classrooms and/or services should they be unable to show a valid student card on
demand.
16
GI4 ISSUING OF DOCUMENTS
GI4.3 Syllabuses
A past student shall apply in writing to the Student Records Department for the
issuing of a certified syllabus. The student shall pay the prescribed fee at the cashier
and produce the receipt to the Student Records Department before s/he shall be
furnished with the document/s.
• After the advice of results has been sent to candidates, the Polytechnic cannot
take responsibility for delivery of such results or lack thereof.
• Once the advice of results has been sent to a candidate’s registered address,
the Polytechnic presupposes that s/he have received them.
• Results will also be available through the Internet and via sms.
17
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Note: Timetable clashes are clashes only when courses of the same prescribed curriculum
for the same qualification and the same level appear at the same time on the
timetable.
NOTE: Certain departmental rules may be different from the above. Please consult
departmental rules.
• the written approval of the Head of the Department the student wishes to enter
and
• the consent of the Faculty Officer must be obtained, and
• the Registrar must be notified on the prescribed form within the prescribed
period
Tuition fees are not transferable from one academic period to the next or to a future
academic period. A student who cancels (a) course(s) during the semester will be
refunded the portion of tuition fees as per the refund rules contained in the Fees
section of the Prospectus.
If it becomes clear that a student follows a course for which he/she is not registered,
the student’s participation in the activities of such a course will be terminated.
18
AC1.5 Requirement to be registered before participating in a course
Students are not allowed to attend classes or participate in a course in any manner
or form (such as submitting assignments) without being registered for such course.
Should it become clear that a student is participating in a course for which s/he is
not registered; such participation will be terminated with immediate effect.
Students who are found not to be registered for a course will not receive assessment
marks nor will they be allocated supervisors in the case of Research Projects,
Theses or Mini-theses. Such cases will be referred to the Faculty Officer to be
investigated.
Students who are found to participate in courses for which they are not registered
may be charged with misconduct.
Note: Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be
recognised for credit purposes.
19
A student who has completed a qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia
or another institution and wants to enrol for another qualification course at the
Polytechnic of Namibia is entitled to recognition of a maximum of 50 % of the courses
contained in the envisaged curriculum. The number of courses for recognition may
be exceeded only with the approval of Senate.
If any existing qualification has been revised so that the structure and the name of
the qualification change, the qualification will not be interchangeable and recognition
of completed courses will be restricted.
The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department
concerned, grant recognition for examinations and/or courses completed
successfully at other institutions up to a maximum of 50 % of the courses required
for a qualification.
Such recognition shall be applied for on the prescribed form and shall be granted
on merit as judged against the following criteria:
(a) There is at least 80 % overlap between the content of the two courses
concerned that is, the one presented for recognition and the one for which
recognition is requested.
(b) The institution at which the course was completed is recognised by the relevant
authorities in the country of origin.
(c) The academic standard and the standard of assessment in the course are to
the satisfaction of the School/Department.
(d) The syllabus of the course presented has not changed significantly since the
completion of the course.
20
AC2.3 Recognition of Internal Examinations/Courses
Note: Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be
recognised for credit purposes.
A student, who wishes to register for another programme of study before completing
a qualification at the Polytechnic, is entitled to recognition of all corresponding
courses on condition that the current programme of study is cancelled and that the
overlap between the curricula of such courses is at least 80 %. Such recognition shall
also be applicable to corresponding courses completed for non-credit purposes.
Students and/or staff may not use devices (such as cell phones or audio sets) that
my cause disturbance during contact sessions.
21
AC3.2 Academic Honesty and Integrity
A student shall do all prescribed work which has a bearing on his tuition and shall
write all tests and examinations.
The Polytechnic does not condone any form of academic dishonesty, including
plagiarism and cheating on tests and assessments, amongst other such practices.
The Polytechnic requires students to always do their own assignments and to
produce their own academic work, unless given a group assignment.
All forms of academic dishonesty are viewed as misconduct under the Polytechnic
Student Rules and Regulations. Students who make themselves guilty of academic
dishonesty will be brought before a Disciplinary Committee and may be suspended
from studying for a certain time or may be expelled. All students who are found guilty
of academic dishonesty shall have an appropriate endorsement on their academic
record, which will never be erased. Sponsors and/or bursary donors will further be
informed of such misconduct, while such information will also be shared with other
institutions.
Absence from classes, tests or examinations due to job commitments will not be
considered. The Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to request proof of study
22
leave, written permission from an employer, etc. from a student before admitting
him/her to a full-time programme. In the case where programmes are offered both
full-time and part-time, employed persons are expected to make use of the part-
time mode.
AC4 ASSESSMENT
Note: Departmental regulations approved by Senate may be different from the above
general outline and shall be applicable to programmes for which such departmental
regulations were approved.
Saturdays that fall in the academic period are considered academic days for the
purposes of conducting tests and examinations.
23
AC4.3 Allocation of Annual Result
The Polytechnic uses a system of annual result codes signifying the outcome of
a period of study as follows:
24
31 October or 31 May, whichever is applicable. Failure to do so will result in the
student having to re-register for the project and pay the prescribed fee.
Practical Examinations for full- and part-time students shall be conducted in the
week before the commencement of semester or end of year examinations.
Students who miss one or more of these assessments will be allowed to make
up one assessment by writing an appropriate supplementary assessment set
on the relevant parts of the syllabus as determined by the lecturer or by doing a
supplementary laboratory or practical assignment towards the end of the semester.
The mark for such supplementary assessment will be used to substitute the mark
for one other assessment. Students who miss more than one assessment during
the semester will be allowed to substitute one assessment with the supplementary
test and will be given zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to
be provided for missed assessments.
A semester mark passed successfully shall give the student the right of
admission to the course examination and any subsequent course demanding the
25
respective contents as prerequisite. The following learning outcomes have been
accomplished:
- Students command the intellectual capacity to master the contents and
complexity of the relevant course.
- The share of parts with no evidence of understanding is likely to be sourced
by adequate self-learning.
- The lessons learnt are likely to be re-called sufficiently with adequate
preparation in an examination situation.
Lecturers may decide to allow not only students who have missed assessments to
sit for supplementary assessments, but also those who wish to improve their marks.
Lecturers who decide to allow their students this opportunity must communicate
this arrangement to all students well in advance and must ensure that all students
who either qualify for a supplementary assessment or who wish to make use
of such supplementary assessment, are informed of the arrangements for the
supplementary assessment.
Students must note that this rule does not entitle all students to such supplementary
assessments, but that the decision to allow or not to allow access to such
supplementary assessment lies entirely with the lecturer concerned.
A student shall be required to produce a student card and any other documentation
that may be required from time to time on entrance to the examination venue.
Students, who gain admission to examinations for which they do not meet all
academic, administrative, financial or any other requirements, will have their marks
for such courses nullified and will be subject to disciplinary action.
In the case of a course for which no semester mark is required, the examination
mark shall be the final mark.
26
The final decision regarding examination/course results shall be vested in
Senate.
The overall course performance results in the final mark and is proof of the
following learning outcomes:
- Students are able to recall lessons learnt sufficiently by adequate self-learning
and for examinations preparation
- Evidence given shows that sufficient content parts and relation-ships are
understood and can be applied.
- The share of content parts with no evidence of understanding can be sourced
through adequate self-learning.
- Subsequently, contents and related knowledge not covered are likely to be
presented by accessing known sources.
AC4.5.2 Examining
A student who has gained admission to the examination shall be free to choose
whether s/he will write the first examination in the course concerned:
Provided that -
• the decision to write the first examination or not shall be irrevocable as soon
as the student has reported for the first examination;
• a student who writes the first examination and who does not pass the course,
shall be permitted to write the second examination also;
• all papers of a course are written in the same examination session.
AC4.5.2.2 Duration
The duration of an examination shall be as approved by Senate for each course.
External moderators shall be appointed for all exit level courses as determined and
required by the specific accreditation body.
For pre-NQF programmes, external moderators shall be appointed for all courses
at the third and/or fourth-year level for all programmes that have both a National
27
Diploma and a Bachelors degree, or a National Diploma only, as exit points.
External moderators shall be appointed for all courses at the fourth-year level for
all programmes that have only a Bachelors degree as exit point.
If the student has been admitted to a supplementary examination but does not
report for it, the examination mark obtained in the first opportunity examination
shall be awarded.
The mark obtained in the supplementary examination shall replace the ordinary
examination mark.
Supplementary examinations shall be conducted during a period determined by
Senate.
There will be no supplementary examinations for students who have taken second
opportunity examinations.
28
3rd and 4th opportunity examination). Students shall be required to write all the
examination papers in the course again.
Applications for retention of semester mark and the admission to a 3rd opportunity
examination must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day
in March for examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the
last working day of August for examinations taking place in the November session.
Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for
failure in the previous examinations and how the student intends staying informed
of potential changes in the course material. It should also contain a statement
committing the student to attending a set of tutorial classes that will be offered
during the last week of that semester. If a student fails to obtain a pass mark, any
subsequent new course linked by a chain of prerequisites cannot be taken.
No retention of semester mark shall be granted for courses where the syllabi
have been amended. Students will be required to repeat the new syllabi of such
courses.
The fee payable for this service shall be non-refundable whether or not a student
wrote the examination and regardless of the outcome of such examination.
Students who are registered for higher level courses on the basis of having achieved
a 50 % semester mark in a pre-requisite course shall be de-registered for the higher
level courses as soon as they are registered for tuition for the pre-requisite course
again.
Students who attended the relevant tutorial classes in the previous semester but
failed to attain a pass mark can apply for a 4th opportunity examination. Applications
must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day in March for
the examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the last working
day of August for examinations taking place in the November session. Applications
must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for failure in the
previous semester. In order to gain approval a student might be required to meet
with a student counsellor at a time and place set by the Registrar to reflect on his/
her performance.
If a pass mark in the four opportunity examinations has not been attained or if no
third or fourth opportunity was available, the semester mark is nullified, the course
is failed and has to be repeated.
Students will remain registered for the third and fourth opportunity examinations
in the offering type (mode) in which they have gained the admission mark for the
course concerned.
Students will be required to pay a fee for this service as determined by Council.
Students wishing to make use of such additional time should submit a written request
to the Student Information Officer and should provide proof of the disability.
29
AC4.6 Contagious/Communicable Diseases
Students suffering from contagious/communicable diseases, particularly in times
of known epidemics, will be required to write examinations in seclusion, or may be
required to write a special examination at a date and time as decided by Senate.
The maximum period for undergraduate qualifications per offering type is:
FT PT DE
1 year Certificates 2 3 3
2 year Higher Certificates 4 6 6
3 year Diplomas 6 8 8
4 year Degrees 8 10 10
Students may appeal to Senate for extension of this period.
Note: For maximum study periods of postgraduate qualifications, see the Prospectus
for Postgraduate Studies.
Students, who miss one or more of these assessments during a semester, will be
allowed to make up one such assessment by writing a supplementary assessment
set on the whole syllabus of the course or another appropriate supplementary
assessment as determined by the course lecturer. Such supplementary assessment
will take place during the examination period. The mark for such supplementary
assessment will be used to substitute the mark for one other assessment provided
that in courses where separate assessments are used for theory and practical,
students may be allowed to do one supplementary for theory and one supplementary
for practical. Students, who miss more than one or two assessments in the case of
courses with theory and practical during the semester, will be allowed to substitute
one or two assessments with the supplementary assessment(s) and will be given
zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to be provided for missed
assessments.
30
AC8 APPEAL BY A CANDIDATE
The marks allocated by the arbiter shall constitute the results of the remark, after
approval by Senex/Senate.
Such result shall supersede the result of the original examination and may cause
a lowering of the mark or symbol originally awarded.
Remarking shall not be permitted for scripts already moderated, practical examinations
or for a course of which all papers are marked entirely by computer.
A student who applies for the remarking of a course shall not forfeit any right which
he/she may already have to a supplementary examination.
If the remarking results in the student passing the course, this shall supersede the
original and/or supplementary examination result.
AC8.2 Recheck of Examination marks (Applicable only to Examined Courses)
A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an examination mark may
be incorrect, can apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark
obtained.
The student shall apply for such a recheck on the prescribed form and pay the
non-refundable fee. Such re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the
script, unless so determined by the officer conducting the re-check.
AC9 GRADUATION:
31
Students who are unable to provide original proof of their admission qualification
will not be allowed to graduate.
Students completing such forms will be held accountable for information they
provide on such forms.
32
F: STUDENT FEES
F.1 ENQUIRIES AND PAYMENTS
1) PERSONALLY
The Cashier
Administration Building
13 Storch Street
Windhoek
2) BY MAIL
All payments by mail must be directed to:
The Bursar
Polytechnic of Namibia
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
3) BY DIRECT DEPOSIT
The Polytechnic of Namibia’s bank details are as follows:
First National Bank
Branch: Ausspannplatz
Branch Number: 28 18 72
Account Number: 555 001 26319
Reference Number: Student #
Submit a copy of the deposit slip or fax to (061) 207-2952 or (061) 207-2273 for the
attention of the Assistant Bursar: Finance only if the payment is not updated within
5 business days. Kindly ensure that the correct student number is clearly stated as
reference number.
No enquiries on Fridays
2) For Payments
Mondays to Thursdays
09:00 - 13:00
14:00 - 16:00
Fridays
09:00 - 13:00
Note: For opening times of Regional Centres, see the section on Centre for Open and
Lifelong Learning (COLL)
33
F.1.3 PAYMENT REQUIREMENTS
(a) Cheques must be crossed and made out to the Polytechnic of Namibia.
(b) No post dated cheques are accepted.
(c) Never send cash by post.
(d) Students will be de-registered immediately for dishonoured or unpaid (R/D)
cheques and an amount of N$600.00 will be charged to the account.
(e) Payment must be made only to the Cashier and not to any other staff member.
An official receipt should be obtained upon payment.
(f) No receipt will be issued for direct deposits. The bank’s stamp on the deposit slip
serves as a proof of payment.
(g) The Polytechnic and its staff cannot be held responsible for possible losses that
may occur when the payment requirements are not adhered to.
F.2.1 GENERAL
F.2.1.1 Council reserves the right to amend, without prior notice, all fees payable to the
Polytechnic.
F.2.1.2 Tuition fees shall differ from course to course depending on course requirements.
F.2.1.3 Should Council temporarily or permanently suspend any student’s rights or privileges,
or permanently refuse admission to any student, the student concerned student shall
forfeit all claims to refunds, reduction or remission of fees paid or payable to the
Polytechnic of Namibia.
F.2.1.4 Fees are payable on a monthly basis, whether a student received an account or not.
Failure to adhere to stipulated due dates will result in de-registration, withheld of results,
refusal of access to meals, accommodation and examinations.
34
General tuition fees per course are charged as follows:
School of Engineering
Introduction to Engineering Studies 1 190
National Diploma: Engineering (Power, Mechanical) 2 040
B.Tech.: Civil, Electrical Power, Electronics, Electronic/Power,
Electronics and Telecommunication, Mechanical 2 550
B. Engineering: Mining, Mechanical, Electronics & Telecommunications 2 550
B. Architecture Honours - 1st - 3rd yr 2 040
B. Architecture Honours - 4th yr 2 550
Technical & Vocational Education Programmes:
Full Credit 960
Half Credit 700
Master – Waternet/IWRM 3 610
M. Transport Engineering 3 750
35
School of Natural Resources and Tourism
National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) 1 620
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management -
cost for full programme 4 190
Certificate Namibian Environmental Education -
cost for full programme 4 190
Land Admin, Land Surveying, Land Use Planning, Geo-Information
Technology, Land Valuation and Estate Management,- 1st – 3rd yr 1 340
Land Management and Admin. - 4th yr 1 680
National Technical Certificate: Food & Bev. Operations, Rooms Division Operations 1 340
National Certificate: Food and Bev. Operations, Rooms Division 1 340
National Diploma: Land Use Planning, Geo-Information Technology,
Geomatics, Property Studies, Land Management and Registration,
Land Valuation and Estate Management 1 340
B.Tech.: Land Management 1 680
B. Travel and Tourism Management, - 1st - 3rd yr 1 340
B. Travel and Tourism Management - 4th yr 1 680
B.Hospitality Management - 1st - 3rd yr 1 340
B.Hospitality Management - 4th yr 1 680
B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 1st - 3rd yr 1 620
B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 4th yr 1 980
B. Agricultural Management - 1st - 3rd yr 1 620
B. Agricultural Management - 4th yr 1 980
Master in Integrated Land Management 3 750
N.B. Other course fees may vary as per qualification. Please consult the Fees Booklet of
2011 for specific course fees.
COURSE FEE - N$
(Per Semester)
School of Business and Management (SBM)
Computerised Accounting 1,090
36
F.3.2 FEES FOR OTHER SERVICES
SERVICES FEE - N$
NON-REFUNDABLE
Undergraduate Application 95
Postgraduate Application 150
Late Application 280
Registration (inclusive of Technology, Assessment & Student Activity Fee) 820
Late Registration Fee (in addition to Registration fee) 260
Fines for Unpaid Cheque or Refer to Drawer (R/D) 600
Application for Credit Transfer from Other Institutions 95
Application for Advanced Standing (in addition to application fee) 95
Credit Transfer from Other Institutions (per course) 445
Academic Record 50
Statement to Replace Certificate/Diploma 280
Remark (per course) 365
Re-check of Marks (per course) 95
Replacement of Student/Meal Card 75
Application fee for Recognition of Prior Learning 95
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Assessment Fee (per course) 490
Retention of Semester Mark – payable on application (per course) 490
Application for resumption of studies 95
Receiving of Qualification in Absentia 135
Reprinting of Examination Results 50
Copies of Official Documents (Proof of Registration, etc.) 50
Medical Services – Fees per visit 15
Duplicate Study Guide (Distance Students) 245
Duplicate Tutorial Letter 35
Library Fees
Membership for non-Polytechnic users
One book at a time 235
Two books at a time 400
Three books at a time 560
Fines
Overdue fines on normal loans 1,20
Overdue fines on short loans 1,20
Damage to library materials 140
Irreparable damage to library materials
Loss of Library materials
Illegal removal of library materials 1,300
Cellular Phone (talking on/ringing) 135
Eating/Drinking in the library 135
Making noise 135
Library Deposit – UNAM (staff/students) 610
Other
Parking 70
Parking violation 150
Internet Café charges to Students 10/hour
Making noise 135
37
F.3.3 RESIDENCE FEES
(a) Registration in residence will be done per semester.
(b) Any student who leaves the residence during a semester will be charged for the
whole semester, unless a replacement is made with immediate effect.
(c) All resident students will be levied 50% of the meal fees (N$ 4,160.00) per semester,
which is payable whether meals are taken or not.
(d) Any student who wishes to be given more credit for meals has to pay in advance.
(a) If a student cancels the application after a place in the residence has been allocated
to him/her, 10% of the breakage deposit shall be forfeited.
(b) A student who fails to pay the full residence fees before the due date must again
pay a full residence deposit before readmission is granted.
(c) If a student has an outstanding account or has caused losses/damages to the
Polytechnic’s property when he/she leaves the residence, the relevant amount will
be deducted from the deposit.
38
F.4 PAYMENT OF FEES
F.4.1 The various fees are payable as follows:
Fixed Deposit Fee For All Students: N$2,000 for all disciplines
otes:
N
1. The amounts above are inclusive of Registration, Technology, Assessment and
Student Activities fees.
2. If the total fee account is below the minimum amount specified above, then the
whole fee account is payable at Registration.
3. Students will pay the Registration, Technology and Assessment Fees only once
per year on registration for that year.
Balances on fee accounts are payable on the due dates as specified in F.4.2 below.
NB: Where students fail to pay their fees on the due dates, Council reserves the right to
refuse such students registration, meals, accommodation, examination admission, or
any other steps Council may take from time to time.
NB: No withdrawal of the award will be accepted after 28 February for first semester and
31 July for second semester.
39
Residence breakage deposit of N$700.00 must be paid in cash, cheque or by direct
deposit, as this does not form part of the bursary unless otherwise stipulated.
F.5.5 DISCOUNTS
F.5.5.1 Discount of 20 % for students from the same family (excluding the first student)
based on the following conditions:
(a) Students are self-funding, i.e. they do not get a bursary or scholarship.
(b) Students must apply for the discount in writing to the Bursar.
(c) Applicants must produce a full birth certificate to prove that at least one parent is
the same or a documentary proof that they are legally adopted.
(d) No discount will be considered for courses being repeated.
(e) Students must be studying concurrently; i.e. at the same time.
(f) Part-time and/or married students do not qualify for the rebates.
40
F.5.5.2 Discount for Full Payment
A 10 % discount on tuition fees will be granted if tuition fees are paid in full. The following
conditions apply:
(a) On or before 29 February each year for year and first semester accounts.
(b) On or before 31 July each year for second semester accounts.
(c) Students who are de-registered for whatever reason will forfeit the discount and
will then be liable for the full account.
(d) Students who cancel their courses or subjects will not be entitled to a refund of
the discount after the discount has been allowed.
NOTE: No discount shall be given for excellent academic performance in courses that
the student repeats.
F.7 REFUNDS
F.7.1.1 Year/Semester
Written applications for refunds of class fees should be submitted to the Student Debtors
Officers.
41
F.7.1.8 Refunds - General
Students who wish to request 100 % refund due to cancellation as a result of factors
beyond their control may appeal to the Registrar in this regard. Such appeal must be
submitted to the relevant Faculty Officer. No refunds can be guaranteed.
Claims for refunds will be processed twice a month, i.e. on the 15th and 30th day. An
official claim form should be completed and handed in at the Enquiry Counter, Ground
Floor, Administration Building.
F.7.1.9 Credit balances will be forfeited if it is not claimed within one year.
Fees For Foreign & National Languages (Total Hours 75) - N$1,700
(Inclusive of Registration Fee)
NB: Not withstanding the fact that all the information contained herein has been
compiled as accurately as possible, Council, Senate and the Boards of Studies
of the Polytechnic accept no responsibility for any errors that may occur.
42
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
43
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA
(Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma Management
(London), Diploma Journalism (Paris),
Diplôme d’Études en Langue Française
Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.
Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA)
Telephone Number : 061-207-2320
E-mail Address : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2398
Fax Number : 061 - 207 2087
E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR
busman@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA
(Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma
Management (London), Diploma Journalism (Paris),
Diplôme d’Études en Langue Française
: Vetira Hijamita, BA (Env. Scie.) (Univ. of Botswana),
B.Sc. (Business Admin. & Marketing) (Commonwealth
Univ., Virginia - U.S.A)
: Victor Somosu, B.Sc. (Bus. Admin.) (Ogun State Univ.),
M.Sc. (Marketing), MBA (Univ. of Lagos), Dip. Comp.Op
& Prog. (ESCC)
: Steven Denk, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech Marketing
(UNISA)
: Alfred Ndjavera, M.Sc. Financial Decision Management.
(University of Luton), B.Com. Economics & Management
(UNAM)
: Adele Mapanga, MBA (United States Internat. Univ.)
: Kwame Essah, MBA, BA Psychology (University of
Ghana)
: Lutz Neuhaus, B.Comm. (Hons) (Pretoria), MBA
(Stellenbosch)
: Efeginia Semente, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech.
Marketing (UNISA)
: Sibolile Sinvula, M. Admin (Unam), Post Graduate
Diploma in Education (PGDE) (Unam), B. Admin. (UNAM)
: Pachalo Msiska, MIB Int. Inv. & Int. Fin. Mgt. (London)
: Ottilie Kangandjo, ND Commerce (PoN) B.Tech.
Business Administration (PoN)
: Simon Akpo, NCE, B.Sc. (Ed) Hons, M.Ed.
: Chris van Zyl, MBA (Stell), Hons. B. Business Mgt. &
Administration (Stell), NHD (Immunology), ND
(Histopathology), Cert. (Med. Tech.) Cert. Estate Agent
(SA)
: Bevan Zealand, B.Admin, Postgraduate Diploma in
Education, Postgraduate Diploma in Management Studies
: Siphiwe Dhlamini, B.Com. ( Fort Hare), B.Com. Hons
(UNISA), M.Com. (UJ Vista), Ph.D. (North West)
44
DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United
States Internat. Univ.)
Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061-207-2398
Fax Number : 061-207-2087
E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR
busman@polytechnic.edu.na
Faculty Officer : Petsy Neiss, BBA Project Management (SBS); ND
Nursing Science (UNAM)
Telephone Number : 061-207-2160
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC)
Academic Staff : Andrew Beukes, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC), MSc Industrial / Organisational Psychology
(Emporia State University, USA)
: Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United
States Internat. Univ.)
: Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC)
: Ngondi Kaura-Ndjavera, MA Human Resource
Management
: Michael Sanni, B.Sc. (Hons) Masters Industrial & Labour
Relations/Accredited Assessor (SAQA)
: Fiina Shimaneni, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology
: John Kangowa, B.Tech. HRM
45
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Head of Department : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, B.Sc. Econ., M.Sc. Econ. (Nigeria)
Faculty Officer : Ferrand van Wyk, BA (UNAM), PGDE (UNAM), CLEF
(University of the Franche-Comte), DELF (University of
the Franche-Comte), CISCO 1 & 2 (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061-207-2106
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : fvanwyk@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061-207-2398
Fax Number : 061-207-2087
E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR
busman@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, Ph.D. Economics (Spain), M.Sc. &
B.Sc. Economics (Nigeria)
: Magda Gerber, H.E.D. (UNAM), B.Comm. (UNISA)
: Tafirenyika Sunde, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc.
(Economics) (University of Zimbabwe)
: Bridget Dundee, B.Econ. (Honours) (UWC), PGDE
(Econ), B.Econ.
: Kasnath Kavezeri, M.Sc. (Economics), BBA (Banking
and Finance), B.Ed.
: Eden Shipanga, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Econ(UNAM)
: Mubusisi Mabuku, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc
(Economics) (UNAM)
46
: John Mbenzi, Dipl Pub Admin (PoN), B.Tech Pub
Management (TSA), MPPA (ISS_Holland & UNAM)
: Pia Teek, Hons in Public Mngt. (Cum Laude), Masters in
Public Management
: Helena Imene, B.Tech. Public Management
47
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
First Year - National Certificate Accounting and Finance (Offered Full-time, Part-time
and Distance Education)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Financial Accounting 1A FAC111S Grade 12 Accounting or Mathematics
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test
Semester 2
Financial Accounting 1B FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A
Quantitative Methods 1 QTM112S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management)
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 4
Financial Accounting 2B FAC212S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2B QTM212S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost & Management Accounting 2B CMA212S Cost & Management Accounting 2A
Company Law 1B CLW112S Company Law 1A
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
48
Semester 6
Financial Accounting 3B FAC312S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Cost & Management Accounting 3B CMA312S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B
Taxation 3B TAX312S Taxation 3A
Auditing 3B AUD312S Auditing 3A
Semester 7
Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B
Managerial Finance 4A MAF411S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B
Management Accounting & Control 4A MAC411S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Semester 8
Managerial Finance 4B MAF412S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
Management Accounting & Control 4B MAC412S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B
49
Transition rules for Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance
Candidates who hold other qualifications and the ‘old’ Diploma in Accounting or Cost
Accounting must take note of the following transition rules:
National Diploma Accounting Company Law 1A & 1B First year minor courses
(Old Curriculum) Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Example
Statistical Methods Introduction to Mathematics
Computerised Accounting 1 English Communication Module 4
Taxation 3A & 3B
Auditing 3A & 3B
Important notices:
Due to limited computer laboratory space, students must note that the department expects
those registering for Computerised Accounting to book space by registering their names in a
specifically designed departmental registration form. This registration form is available on the
day of registration. Registration is strictly on the first come first registered basis.
50
Students who previously registered for Computerised Accounting and failed it, must note that
priority will be given to those who register for the course for the first time. Opportunity to repeat
the course in the subsequent semester is subject to the availability of laboratory space, which
cannot be guaranteed in all cases.
Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a
member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Head of Department
of Accounting and Finance. Such registration will be in the form of student name, student
number and the topic on which the Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to allocate a supervisor based on the academic requirements
for the research topic.
For the requirements of submission and completion, see Rule AC4.4 in the General Information
and Regulations Section of the Prospectus.
51
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for
only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor
curricula would be systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programme is systematically
phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree.
Progression Rule 2: A student shall not be allowed to take a higher level course above his/
her current level of study even if the course in question has no prerequisite, and if such courses
cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds.
1. All new enrolments as from 2007 start with the new curricula.
2. All third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50 % of credits obtained) must
switch to the new curricula in 2009.
3. All third year students in 2008 who have passed may continue with the old curricula, but
if such students should fail any of the courses in the old curricula, such failed courses in
the old curricula will only be offered with new syllabi and students must complete the new
courses.
4. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students on the
old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding
courses from the new curricula.
5. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make up
all outstanding courses from the new curricula.
6. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have the choice to switch to the new curricula and
must be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula.
7. There is no retention of semester mark for courses of which the syllabi have changed.
52
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Phased in 2007) 21BBAD
The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management
Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing 1B Marketing Principles
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 2A Business Operations
Business Management 2B Business Finance
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management
Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro.
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control
Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management:
Analysis & Decision
International Business Management 4A International Business Management:
Planning
International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis
Project Management Project Management
Retail Business Management Retail Business Management
Advanced Organisationl Development Organisational Development and
Change
Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development
and Change
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
53
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent)
Semester 4
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Finance BFS222S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply BLM322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Analysis Environment and Marketing
Principles
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
54
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Business Administration (Phased in 2010)
55
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Business Management IBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning Management & Business
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing Principles
Strategic Business Management: SBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning & Control Management & Business Logistics and
Supply Chain Management
Semester 8
International Business Management IBM422S Purchasing and Supply
Analysis Management & Business Logistics
and Supply Chain Management
Project Management PRM422S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Strategic Business Management: SBM422S Purchasing and Supply
Analysis & Decision Management & Business Logistics
and Supply Chain Management
Rules of Combination
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses
are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same
cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are
required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same
cognate area) in the following semester.
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(if not yet taken)
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business and Management)
(if not yet taken)
56
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Semester 4
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5
Marketing 1B MAR112S None
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Intermediate Macro Economics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
57
NATIONAL DIPLOMA BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Third Year (Not available in 2009) (Full-time, Part-time and Distance mode)
Semester 5
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Entrepreneurship ENT111S None
Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
(if not yet taken)
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
(if not yet taken)
Semester 6
Business Management 3B BMA 312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship
Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
(if not yet taken)
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
(if not yet taken)
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics1B
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Business Administration (Phasing out at the end
of 2009) (Full-time and Part-time mode only)
National Diploma: Commerce majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level and
either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting:- Small Business
Management 2nd Semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Information Administration: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A
& 3B, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship, Small Business Management, Marketing
58
1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, International Trade, Applied Economic Policy Analysis,
Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
Advanced Organisational Development AOD111S None
Business Management 4A BMA411S Business Management 3A & 3B
Financial Planning and Control 1A FPC111S None
International Business Management 1A IBM111S Business Management 3A & 3B
Retail Business Management RBM111S Marketing 1A & 1B or Marketing
Management or Business
Management 3A & 3B
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational Management AOM112S None
Business Management 4B BMA412S Business Management 3A & 3B
Financial Planning and Control 1B FPC112S None
International Business Management 1B IBM112S Business Management 3A & 3B
Project Management PRM112S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Important Notice:
Research Project - RPB412S
Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a
member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such
registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the
Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic
requirements.
For requirements of submission and completion of the Research Project, see Rule AC4.4 in
the General Information and Regulations section of the Prospectus.
59
BACHELOR OF LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 07BLSM
(New Programme)
The Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management is designed to be worth 392 NQF
credits at NQF Level 7.
Admission Entry Requirements:
Applicants are expected to meet the general admission and mature age entry requirements
of the Polytechnic (GI2.1 & GI2.2 in the Prospectus).
Mode of Delivery
The course will be offered on the following modes available in the Polytechnic of Namibia:
• Full-Time
• Part-Time
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Title Course Prerequisites
Code
Language in Practise LIP411S None
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Introduction to Business BMA121S None
Management
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Introduction to Marketing and its MAR121S None
Environment
Semester 2
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Basic Science BSC410S None
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
Information Competence ICT521S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Introduction to Supply Chain ISM511S None
Management
Year 2
Semester 3
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Principles of Logistics Management New None
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics
Principles of Transport Economics New None
Business Operations BSO221S None
Management Information Systems MNS110S None
Semester 4
Operational Logistics Management New Principles of Logistics Management
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Transport Economics & Procedures New Principles of Transport Economics
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Finance BFS222S None
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA110S Management Information Systems
Data Analysis and Reporting New None
60
Year 3
Semester 5
Supply Chain Management New Principles of Logistics Management
Project Management PTM411S None
Contemporary Issues CIS610S None
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Elements of Mari-time Transport New None
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Semester 6
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Global Supply Chain Management New None
Work Integrated Learning WIL311S Project Management
Students with assistance from the academic supervisor will be required through-out the 5th
semester to identify a placement in industry.
The student will then sign an agreement provided by the academic supervisor with the
organisation that has approved the placement, and assigned an industry supervisor to the
student.
The agreement will include the job description of the student, together with a project plan
compiled by the student that will count towards the final mark of WIL.
Once the project plan has been approved by the academic supervisor, the work-integrated
learning can commence. The work-integrated learning process through-out the 6th semester
should be documented and a short report should be given to the academic supervisor on a 2
weekly basis, after approval by the industry supervisor.
The time-period for the experiential learning will span over 16 weeks, to ensure the students
fulfil their requirements of 360 hours.
The student will be required to compile a final report on all activities and project during the
WIL process, and produce it to the academic supervisor at the end of the semester that will
count towards the final mark of WIL.
A presentation will be required by student at the end of the semester that will count towards
the final mark of WIL.
The final mark of the student will be calculated according to the following:
Project Plan: 10 %
2 Week Reports: 10 %
Final Report: 70 % (60 % Academic Supervisor, 40 % Industry Supervisor)
Presentation: 10 %
61
The role of the student is to undergo the training, as broadly specified by the academic
department and offered by the company.
62
BACHELOR OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP HONOURS 22BHEP
Description
The Honours Degree in Entrepreneurship is designed to be worth 480 credits at NQF Level
8. The degree enables students to realise their entrepreneurial career aspirations with a
specially designed learning programme. The focus is on producing graduates who are able
to conceptualise, design and implement business projects.
The degree is uniquely packaged in that it combines two years of basic business studies and
two years of work in the Team Entrepreneurship Learning Mode.
Admission Requirements
Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points in 5 subjects as per the Polytechnic general
admission requirements. In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission
requirement:
English - D at Ordinary level or 4 at Higher level
Students who do not meet these requirements may be admitted on condition they enroll for a
bridging programme or selected bridging courses.
FIRST YEAR
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Business Accounting (Finance) None
introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Placement Test
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
Pirnciples of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 2
Business Accounting (Costing) BAC112S Business Accounting
(Finance)
Computer User Skills CUS0100 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Professional Writing PFW0520 None
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
SECOND YEAR
Semester 3
Accounting for Entrepreneurs ACE211S Business Accounting
(Costing)
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Business Law 1A BSL211S None
Marketing (Entrepreneurship) MAE211S None
Human Resources Management HRE211S None
(Entrepreneurship)
Semester 4
Business Applications BAS212S None
Business Finances (Entrepreneurship) BFE212S Accounting for
Entrepreneurs
Business Law 1B BLS212S Business Law 1A
Project Managemennt PRM422S None
Research Methodology RMA411S None
63
Professional Learning (Year One) Third Year
Becoming an Entrepreneur BAE411Y None
Management and Learning MLO411Y None
Organisation
Creative Thinking and Personal CTP411Y None
Growth
Marketing and Customer MCR411Y None
Relationships
Company’s Economy CSE411Y None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Team Company Project TCP411Y None
64
BACHELOR OF MARKETING (PHASED IN 2007) 21BMRK
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling
Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management
Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below:
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro.
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis
Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management
Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy
Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management
Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning
and Decision Making
Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services
Project Management Project Management
Retail Business Management Retail Business Management
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
65
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent).
Semester 3
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Principles of Selling POS221S None
Services Marketing SSM221S Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
and Marketing Principles
Semester 4
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Finance BFS222S None
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
(If not yet taken)
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Sales Operations & Management SOM222S Marketing Principles
66
Marketing & Product Management MPM322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing Principles
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
One Optional
Basic German 1B or GER120S Basic German 1A
Basic French 1B or BAF112S Basic French 1A
Basic Portuguese 1B or BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1A
Basic Spanish 1B BAS112S Basic Spanish 1A
Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce
Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product
Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B,
Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services
Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer &
Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Marketing and IMM111S Services Marketing
Management 1A
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Strategic Marketing Management: SMM421S Marketing & Product Management
Planning and Decision Making
And any ONE of the following:
Marketing of Financial Services MFS421S Services Marketing
Marketing For Tourism MFT411S Services Marketing
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing &
Environment & Marketing Principles
*Project Management (Offered only in *PRM422S None
the eighth semester)
67
Semester 8
International Marketing and IMM112S Services Marketing
Management 1B
Customer Care Management CCM422S Introduction to Marketing &
Environment & Marketing Principles
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Supply and Distribution Management SDM422S Introduction to Marketing &
Environment & Marketing Principles
Rules of Combination
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses
are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same
cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are
required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same
cognate area) in the following semester.
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 None
(If not yet taken)
Marketing 1B MAR112S None
Practice of Selling 1B POS112S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Register for Modules 4 (PIS004M),
5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and
7 (PIS007M)
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent).
68
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year
Certificate) (Phased out in 2008)
Semester 3
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management)
English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
Marketing 2A MAR211S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 4
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5
Marketing 2B MAR212S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate)
(Phased out in 2009)
Semester 5
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Entrepreneurship ENT111S None
Marketing 3A MAR311S Marketing 2A & 2B
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A MCS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 6
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Marketing 3B MAR312S Marketing 2A & 2B
Marketing Communication Strategy 1B MCS112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Marketing (Phased out in 2010)) (Offered on Full-
time and Part-time mode only)
NOTE: Students with the old National Diploma Marketing, those with equivalent or
non-equivalent national diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the old Bachelor of
Technology Marketing programme must also register for, and pass, these core courses
as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning
(RPL) where applicable.
69
National Diploma: Business Administration: Marketing 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B and 3A & 3B,
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B, Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B, Consumer Buyer Behaviour
1A & 1B, Marketing Communication Strategies 1A & 1B.
Semester 7
Customer Care and Customer CCC111S None
Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A DCM111S None
International Marketing Management 1A IMM111S Marketing 3A & 3B
Marketing 4A MAR411S Marketing 3A & 3B and
Promotional Strategy or Marketing
Communication Strategy 1A & 1B
or Advertising & Sales Promotion
Marketing Research Practice 1A MRP111S Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer
& Buyer Behaviour 1A
Research Methodology, Dissertation RDP400Y None
and Project (Offered Part-time mode
Only)
or Research Methodology (Offered RMA411S None
Full-time mode Only)
Optional Electives
Basic German or BAG111S None
Basic French or BAF111S None
Basic Portuguese or BAP111S None
Basic Spanish BAS111S None
Financial Planning and Control 1A FPC111S None
Marketing of Financial Services 1A MFS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 8
Distribution Channel Management 1B DCM112S None
Electronic Marketing ELM112S None
International Marketing Management 1B IMM112S Marketing 3A & 3B
Marketing 4B MAR412S Marketing 3A & 3B and
Promotional Strategy or Marketing
Communication Strategy 1A &1B
or Advertising & Sales Promotion
Marketing Research Practice 1B MRP112S Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer
& Buyer Behaviour 1A
Research Project (Offered Full time only) RPB412S Research Methodology
Optional Electives
Basic German or BAG111S None
Basic French or BAF111S None
Basic Portuguese or BAP111S None
Basic Spanish BAS111S None
Financial Planning and Control 1B FPC112S None
Marketing of Financial Services 1B MFS112S Marketing 1A and 1B
70
*Note 1: (Choice courses will be taken as 1A and 1B of the same course over the two
semesters).
*Note 2: (When the B.Tech. is extended to full-time mode in the near future, the minimum
study period for the B.Tech. will be one year, consisting of the indicated 6 semester
courses in the first half of the year and the 6 semester courses in the second half
of the year).
71
DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Qualifications
The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels:
Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390
credits.
Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits.
Programme Outcomes
The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate
knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows:
• Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into
effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles.
• Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information
necessary for problem solving in human resources management.
• Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and non-
standard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.
• Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to
human resources management practice.
• Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision
making.
• Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their
teams in response to workplace demands.
72
• Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in
achieving set goals and objectives.
Credits
Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National
Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the
Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a course-
by-course basis as follows:
Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources
Management Honours.
Progression Rules
Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having
attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course
requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will
not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed
all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management.
73
Transition Arrangements
The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013.
The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be
phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students’ learning progression.
The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources
Management is 2013.
The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for
the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013
to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and
second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new
syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the
new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies
in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion
of Institutional Core courses.
All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources
Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of
Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and
will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based
on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up
based on the new curriculum.
The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme
and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new
curriculum.
The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below:
74
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
Introduction to Human Resources
Management IHR512S None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Information Competence ICT512S None
Basic Science BSC410S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
75
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Year 3
Semester 6
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Principles of Education Training and PTD712S None
Development
Industrial Relations IRL712S Labour Law 1A & 1B
Work Integrated Learning (HRM) WIL712S None
• Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future
endeavours while providing a professional environment.
• Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working
relationships have been established.
• Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are
not possible in a classroom environment.
It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity
to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies.
Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom.
76
Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human
Resources Management as a result of this cooperation.
The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development
needed for national economic development.
Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and
development.
Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users
i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness.
77
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased in 2007 and phased
out in 2010) 21BHUR
The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below
Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management
Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing 1B Marketing Principles
The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below
Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour
Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management
Business Management 2A Business Operations
Business Management 2B Business Finance
The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below
Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing
Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety
Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations
Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development
Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development
Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training
Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources
Management
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
78
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro. to Psychology of Human
Resources and Introduction to
Human Resources Management
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
(if not yet taken)
Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from
2013)
Semester 5
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Business Operations BSO221S None
Human Resource Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None
Development
Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and
Change Organisational Management
79
Semester 6
Business Finance BSF222S None
Employee Health & Safety EHS312S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
Industrial Relations IRL322S Labour Law 1A & 1B
Principles of Education, Training & PTD322S None
Development
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014)
80
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations AIR421S Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training AMT421S Introduction to Education, Training
& Development and Principles of
Education, Training & Development
Strategic Human Resources SHR421S Human Resource Staffing and
Management Employee Health & Safety
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced
Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources
Management, Research Methodology and Research Project.
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational ADC412S Organisational Development &
Development & Change Change
Semester 2
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(if not yet taken)
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
81
Second Year (Not available from 2008)
Semester 3
Human Resources Management 2A HRM211S Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A & 1B
Management of Training 1A MOT111S None
Labour Law 1A LAL111S None
Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D None
Semester 4
Human Resources Management 2B HRM212S Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Management of Training 1B MOT112S None
Labour Law 1 B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Inform. Systems 1A
Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from
2009)
Semester 5
Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Comm. Module 4
Semester 6
Human Resources Management 3B HRM312S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1B IRL112S None
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Comm. Module 5
82
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 21BHRM
(OLD CURRICULUM)
(Phased out from 2006)
First Year (Not available from 2007)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
Introductionto Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(If not yet taken)
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Bus & Management)
(If not yet taken)
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Semester 4
Human Resources Management 2B HRM212S Human Resources Management
1A & 1B
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Management of Training 1B MOT112S None
Third Year - National Diploma: Human Resources Management (Not available from
2009)
Semester 5
Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Management
2A & 2B
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
83
Semester 6
Human Resources Management 3B HRM312S Human Resources Management
2A & 2B
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1B IRL112S None
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5
Students who have completed the National Diploma’s listed below can enrol for the old B.Tech
Human Resources Management provided that they register and pass the additional courses
listed below:
National Diploma: Commerce: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B; Human
Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Labour
Law 1A & 1B and Management of Training 1A & 1B.
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A AIR211S Industrial Relations 1A & 1B
Advanced Management of Training 2A AMT211S Management of Training 1A & 1B
Advanced Organisational Development AOD111S None
Business Management 4A BMA411S Business Management 3A & 3B
Human Resources Management 4A HRM411S Human Resources Management
3A & 3B
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Semester 8
Advanced Industrial Relations 2B AIR212S Industrial Relations 1A & 1B
Advanced Management of Training 2B AMT212S Management of Training 1A & 1B
Advanced Organisational Management AOM112S None
Business Management 4B BMA412S Business Management 3A & 3B
Human Resources Management 4B HRM412S Human Resources Management
3A & 3B
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Important Notice:
Research Project - RPB412S
Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a
member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be
84
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such
registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the
Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic
requirements of a supervisor.
85
DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY
Modes of Study
The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for
Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only offered
on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3, Information
Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the distance
education mode.
Information Administration consists of practical and theoretical parts. A minimum of ten students
should be registered for any specific course.
Practicals
Practicals are required for Information Administration.
Attendance
Full-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 8 hours of lectures per
week.
Part-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 6 hours of lectures per
week. For the other courses, Administrative Office Management and Speech and Deportment
full-time students are required to attend 4 hours of lectures per week and part-time students
3 hours per week respectively.
Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in Information
Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools during January, April, July
and August of each year.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the following
shall apply:
Students who wish to register for Information Administration 1A on distance education modes
should be able to type 20 words per minute.
A pass in Language in Practice A of the English Proficiency Test, which is a prerequisite for
Language in Practice B, taught to first year students is also a requirement. Students who
only gain entry into Language in Practice A could also be admitted, but will be required to
advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Students with a C symbol
in English at Ordinary level may be admitted prior to receiving the outcome of their English
Proficiency Test, but they will also be required to advance to Language in Practice B before
their third year of study.
Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with
foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnic’s Mature Age Entry
Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic
English Proficiency test.
Keyboarding
This course is aimed at individuals who would like to become keyboard literate (touch type)
and acquire basic computer skills.
86
The keyboarding course is a semester course which will be offered on a full-time and a part-
time basis and can be taken during either semester one or semester two. On successful
completion of this course students will receive an attendance certificate which will also indicate
the speed they have attained. Those students who complete this course with a speed of at
least 20 w.p.m. will meet the prerequisite for Information Administration 1A on the part-time
and distance modes.
Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the Bachelor
of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in consultation
with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree.
Exit Levels
The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion
of at least one year of study.
The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
three years of study.
The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
four years of study.
Transition Rules
The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken, students
should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human
Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and Business Accounting 2A & 2B
which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelor level.
While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered
in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify.
All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of
Office Management and Technology as from 2007.
87
Pass Requirements
Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4.
A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more,
subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper.
The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark.
Rules of Combination
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses
are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same
cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are
required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same
cognate area) in the following semester.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Administration 1A
Administrative Office Management 1B AOM122S None
Speech and Deportment 1B SDP112S None
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration
1A & 1B
Administrative Office Management 2A AOM221S Administrative Office Management
1A & 1B
Introduction to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Business Operations BSO221S None
Semester 4
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administration 2A
Administrative Office Management 2B AOM222S Administrative Office Management
1A & 1B
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
88
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester (if not yet taken)
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Business Finance BFS222S None
Semester 6
Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration 3A
Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office Management 3A
Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester (if not yet taken)
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Business Finance BFS222S None
Semester 8
Information Administration 4B IAD412S Information Administration 4A
Administrative Office Management 4B AOM412S Administrative Office Management 4A
Organisational Management OSM612S Introduction to Psychology of Human
Resources and Introduction to Human
Resources Management
89
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester (if not yet taken)
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Information Administration 1A IAD111S None
Office Administration 1A OAD111S None
Speech and Deportment 1A SDP111S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Communication Module 3
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Admin 1A
Office Administration 1B OAD112S None
Speech and Deportment 1B SDP112S None
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration 1A &1B
Office Administration 2A OAD211S Office Administration 1A & 1B
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A & 1B
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Semester 4
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administratin 2A
Office Administration 2B OAD212S Office Administration 2A
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5
90
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Priciples of Economics 1B
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 2A
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Third Year
Semester 5
Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration 2B
Office Administration 3A OAD311S Office Administration 2A & 2B
Secretarial Public Relations 1A SPR311S None
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A & 1B
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Semester 6:
Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration 3A
Office Administration 3B OAD312S Office Admininistration 3A
Secretarial Public Relations 1B SPR312S Secretarial Public Relations 1A
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 2A
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
International Trade ITT312S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A & 2B
91
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Admission requirements
Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution
and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case
basis, depending on the assessment of the applicant’s suitability as well as availability of
facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without
all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears.
Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better
symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be
required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM111S, first.
Transition Rules
Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who,
for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the
course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department
who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules.
Semester 2
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B MSS112S Mathematics for Social Science 1A
Computer User Skills (if not taken yet) CUS411S None
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
92
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Business Operations BSO221S None
Semester 4
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Mathematical Economics MEC212S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Financial Intermediation and FII212S None
Institutional Investment
Economics of Agriculture & Rural EAR212S None
Development
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Business Finance BSF222S None
Semester 6
Public Finance & Taxation PFT312S Principles of Economics 1A & 1B
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
International Finance IFN312S Principles of Economics 1A
Econometrics ECM312S Statistics for Economists
And any ONE of the following:
Business Logistics & Supply BLS322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Industrial Economics IEC312S Intermediate Microeconomics
93
Corporate Finance CFN411S None
Analytical Economic History AEH411S None
Planning Techniques PLT411S None
Labour Economics LEC411S None
Semester 8
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology &
Econometrics
Economics of Namibia & SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B
94
BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT 07BTRM
Description
The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at
equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in:
• understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management
• transport economics
• management and regulatory principles
The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree
level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics
industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally.
The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which
includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework
and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace.
The Bachelor of Transport Management degree is designed to be at NQF Level 7 with 400
credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will
also be eligible to enrol for this programme.
Semester 2
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Information Competence ICT512S None
Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure LEC212S None
Transport Economics & Procedures TEP512S Principles of Transport
Economics
Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI512S None
Management
Experiential Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) EXL512S None
95
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Basic Science (if not yet taken) BSC410S None
Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the
Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)
Semester 3
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Principles of Logistics Management PLM611S None
Road Traffic & Transport Legislation RTL611S None
Intermodal Transport Economics ITE611S Transport Economics &
Procedures
And any ONE of the following:
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Infrastructure Management
Transport Operations Management TOM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Infrastructure Management
Semester 4
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Operational Logistics Management OLM612S Principles of Logistics
Management
Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Road Traffic & Transport
Legislation Legislation
Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S Intermodal Transport
Economics
Semester 6
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Logistics and Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
Contemporary Issues CIS610S None
96
Advanced Transport Economics ATE712S International and Regional
Transport Economics
Work Integrated Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) WOL712S Completion and pass of all
courses up to Semester 4.
And any ONE of the following:
Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management Techniques
Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S Transport Operations
Management Techniques
97
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT
98
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT 24BPMA
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management) / Basic
Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol
B or better
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Introduction to Psychology of
Human Resources PHR511S None
Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Introduction to Public Management
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
(if not yet taken)
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Introduction to Human Resources
Management IHR512S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have
obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent).
Second Year
Semester 3
Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121S None
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Public Human Resources Management PHR211S Introduction to Public Management
Regional & Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management
And any ONE of the following:
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Business
Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Intro. to Psychology of Human
Resources & Introduction to
Human Resources Management
99
Semester 4
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Public Financial Management PFM212S Public Management in Namibia
Regional & Local Government in RLG212S Regional and Local Government
Namibia
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
And any ONE of the following:
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B Business
Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro to Psychology of Human
Resources & Introduction to
Human Resources Management
Semester 6
Organisational Theories OTP112S Introduction to Public Management
Law for Public Managers 1B LPM112S None
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional and Local Government
And any ONE of the following:
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
100
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT 24BPMA
Public Management with Development Management Specialisation
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia
Project Planning & Management PPM411S None
And any TWO of the following:
Economics of Nam. & SACU ECN411S None
Countries 4A
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional & Local Government
Management of Public Enterprises MPE411S Public Management in Namibia
Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Strategic Human Resources SHR812S Human Resources Staffing &
Management Employee Health and Safety
Semester 8
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Ethics & Accountability ETA412S None
And any THREE of the following:
Economics of Namibia and SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B
Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management
Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government
Industrial & Labour Relations ILR412S None
Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia
Note: Students who wish to enrol for Advanced Development Management must take note that
the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However, students can enrol
concurrently for Development Management and the B-Tech courses during the first semester.
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia
Project Planning & Management PPM411S None
And any TWO of the following:
Regional and Local Government LGP411S Regional & Local Government
Finance
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional & Local Government
Governance & Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Semester 8
Ethics & Accountability ETA412S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
And any THREE of the following:
Regional & Local Government Personnel LGP412S Regional & Local Government
Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government
Environmental Management EMA412S None
Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management
101
Industrial & Labour Relations ILR412S None
Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia
Additional Requirement
Students who have completed the National Diploma Public Administration at the Polytechnic of
Namibia and other tertiary institutions, can enrol for the B.Tech Public Management provided
they have completed the following 4 (four) non-diploma courses:
1 Principles of Information
Systems 1A PIS121S None
2 Principles of Information
Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
1 Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
1 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management)/
Basic Mathematics or Grade 12
symbol B or better
2 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
1 & 2 Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
1 Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public
Management (Public Administration 1)
Students can enrol concurrently for both the B.Tech. Public Management courses and the
non-diploma courses. The non-diploma courses are offered on the full, part time and distance
education mode.
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Any ONE of the following:
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Intro. to Public Management
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test
(If not yet taken)
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None (if not yet taken)
Computer User Skills CUS411S None (If not yet taken)
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
102
Any one of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester:
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1A
Admission Requirements:
1. Students who have completed the Certificate in Public Management or Administration will
continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012.
2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the
Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor Degree in Public Managemen pro-
vided that they have completed the following courses:
a.) Principles of Information Systems 1A (PIS121S)
b.) Principles of Information Systems 1B (PIS122S)
c.) Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
Programme Progression Rules
Students who have successfully completed the Bachelor Degree in Public Management can
enrol for the Bachelor Honours Degree in Public Management, provided they have met the
admission requirements for the Hons Degree in Public Management. The programme will
be implemented in January 2010. However, only the first year students will start with the
programme, the second, third and fourth year students will continue with the old curriculum
until it is totally phased out in year 2012.
103
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (Phasing in 2011)
Year 2
Semester 3
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills or exemption
Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management
Management
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics
Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Public Human Resources Management PHR211S Introduction to Public Management
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Semester 4
Regional & Local Government in RLG212S Regional & Local Government
Namibia Management
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Public Financial Management PFM212S Public Management in Namibia
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
And any ONE of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester:
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1 B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Year 3 (Phasing in 2012)
Semester 5
Public Policy PBP311S Public Management in Namibia
Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None
Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management
International Relations and IRO311S None
Organisations
Any ONE of the following:
Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Urban Development and Management UDP711S Regional and Local Government
Management
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro and
Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Law for Public Managers 1B LPM112S None
Public Sector Organisational Behaviour POB712S Public Management in Namibia
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional and Local Government in
Namibia
Innovation, Creativity and ICE712S None
Entrepreneurship
Any ONE of the following:
International Trade ITT312S None
Disaster Management DSM712S None
Public Sector Accounting PSA712S Business Accounting 2B
104
SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
105
: Basil Rickerts, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UNAM), M.A.
(Stellenbosch), HED (Academy).
: Isabeau Voights von Schütz, B.A. (Pretoria),
HED (RAU), B.Ed. (Hons) (UPE), M.Phil.
(Stellenbosch)
: Antoinette Wentworth, M.Ed. (Educ. Technology)
(Arizona State), B.Ed. (UNAM), H.E.D., Teachers
Diploma (Khomasdal)
: Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES
Head of Department: : Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons),
Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE
Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET
(London)
Secretary : Erna Daniel, Diploma, Executive Secretary (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061-207 2443
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail Address : ebassingthwaighte@polytechnic.edu.na
IT Technician : Allastair Ellitson
Telephone Number : 061-207 2037
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail Address : aellitson@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil.
(Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
Academic Staff : Sarala Krishnamurthy, Post Graduate Diploma in
Teaching of English, B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. (Bangalore)
: Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons),
Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE
Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET
(London) Majahana John Lunga, B.A. (Hons)
(Makerere), PGDE (Nairobi), M.A., D.Litt. et Phil. et
Phil (UNISA)
: Juliet Eiseb, B.A., H.E.D. (UWC), B.Ed. (Hons)
(UPE), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch)
: Caleb Gwasira, B.A. (UZ), Grad. C.E. (UZ), B.Ed.
(UNAM), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch)
: Elina Ithindi, B.A. (Wittenberg), M.A. (Warwick)
: Juliet Pasi, B.A., B.A.(Hons), Grad. Cert. Ed., M.A.
(UZ)
: Aletta Rhode, Dip. Lib., B.A. (UNAM), M.A. (UNISA)
: Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil.
(Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
: Hileni T.N.Frans, B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN)
: Jemima Mungenga, B.Ed., (UNAM), M.Ed.
(Monash) (On Secondment to the Writing Centre
– CTL)
: Jesus Lasso Rey, Hons in English Studies,
M.A. (Salamanca), Dip in English Language (Burgos)
: Vida de Voss, B.A., B.A.(Hons), M.A.(Stellenbosch),
B.A. (Hons) (UCT), M.A. (Iowa)
: Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
: Cecilia Lupalezwi, B.A. (Solusi), B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN)
106
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
Head of Department: : Mariette Hanekom, B.A., Hons (Journalism), LL.B.
(Stellenbosch), Legal Practitioner to the High Court
of Namibia and Supreme Court of South Africa
(Cape of Good Hope Provincial Division),
Conveyancer and Notary, Sworn Translator of the
High Court of Namibia (English/Afrikaans)
Deputy Head of Department : Adv. Magda Saayman, B.Iuris. (UOFS), LL.B
(UNISA)
Academic Staff : Retha van Zyl, B.Sc. (Stellenbosch), Dip.Ed.
(UNAM), B.Proc., LL.M (UNISA), Legal Practitioner
to the High Court of Namibia
: Hiltrud von Alten, B.A., LL.B. (UCT), Legal
Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia
: Stefan Schulz, 1st State Ex. Law (Saarbruecken),
2nd State Ex. Law (Zweibrucken), Doctor Iuris
(Freiburg im Breisgau)
: Emmy Musima Wabomba, B.Iuris LL.B (UNAM),
Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia
: Stephnie de Villiers, B.A., LL.B (Stellenbosch),
Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia,
Conveyancer
: Tuhafeni Helao, Cert. Basic Police Training
(Luiperd Valley Police College), Cert. Supervision
and Management (IPI Police College), NCPA,
NHCPA, NDPA (PoN), B.Admin (UNAM), MPA
(UWC)
: Stephanus Homateni Nambili, B. Juris, LL.B,
(UNAM)
: Eliphas !Owos-ôab, B. (Hons) Criminal Justice,
B.Tech. (Pub Man), NDPM (PoN), Adv.Int. Dip (TSM)
(Sweden), MDP (Technikon Wits).
: Ulrich Freyer, ND Public Administration (PoN),
B.Tech. Public Management (TSA), M.Admin (UWC)
107
: Elva A. Gómez De Sibandze, ESL Cert. (Brigham
Young University), B.A. & M.A. Lang.
& Literature (University of Utah), Postgraduate
Cert. in Translation, Culture and Communication
(University of KwaZulu-Natal), Ph.D. Candidate
in Culture, Communication and Media Studies
(University of KwaZulu-Natal)
: Julius J. Mtemahanji, MA Management for
Development (The Catholic University of Milan),
MA Social Communication (Pontifical Gregorian
University), B.A. Social Sciences (Pontifical
Gregorian University), B.A. Mass Communication
(Makerere)
: Hugh Ellis, B.Journ. (Rhodes University), M.A.
Journalism & Media Studies (RhodesUniversity)
: Bertha Amakali, ND Journ. (Natal Technikon), MA
Journ. Studies (Univ. of Wales)
: Unomengi Kauapirura, BA Mass Comm (College
of Notre Dame), Maryland USA Lab/Studio
Technician
: François Andreas, Apple Certified Help Desk (Apple
Online Course), Assistant A+ Certified (Comptia
Online Course)
Project Officer : Cornelius Jacobus Bekker, Dip. In Journalism
(Varsity College)
108
DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION
Description
The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme (Full-time/Part-time)
that is aimed at equipping students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in
communication management and administration, designed to be at NQF Level 7, comprising
422 total credits. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them
to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals,
groups, organisations and the public. The degree programme’s Work Integrated Learning
component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
Progression Rule
Generally, a student has to pass a lower service course before he can register for a higher one.
In addition, students are requested to familiarise themselves with the particular requirements
of the programme they register for, as the progression rule may vary.
109
Retention of Semester Mark
Retention of semester mark shall be allowed in accordance with Rule AC4.3.6 in the
Prospectus.
Attendance
Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall
be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each
course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list.
Assessment
a. Full-time and Part-time students:
Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: 60 % of the Final Mark
Final Examination: 40 % of the Final Mark
A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark
of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %.
A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.
3. The languages shall be offered at different levels, depending on the students’ knowledge
and/or proficiency in the language.
5. Classes are normally presented after hours in two two-hour sessions per week, provided
there are at least ten registered students per course.
6. At the end of each 75-hour course (4 months), students sit for oral and written
examinations.
Registration fees are included in the course fees. For details, contact the Administrator, National
and Foreign Languages, Department of Communication.
110
Regulations
The programme shall be governed by the following regulations:
The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least
422 or 395 NQF credits (depending on choice) as per the curriculum requirements.
a. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24
courses from year 1 to year 3.
b. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught
courses plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
c. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall
also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a non-
credit bearing course.
d. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication,
and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include
Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the
Social Sciences.
Assessment
a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught.
b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each
course.
c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale
project.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Introduction to Communication 1A ICO111S None
Intercultural Communication ICC111S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Principles of Economics PEC111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Communication 1B ICO112S None
Non Verbal Communication NVC112S None
Organisational Communication OCO112S None
Group Dynamics and Communication GDC212S None
Gender Communication GCO212S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Rhetorical Theory and Criticism RTC211S None
Web Communication WCO211S None
Introduction to Marketing and
its Environment MAR121S None
Plus ONE of the following Electives:
Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
111
Semester 4
Specialised Writing SPW212S None
Public Speaking and Argumentation PSA212S None
Public Relations: Theory and Practice PRT310S None
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Third Year
Semester 5
Work Integrated Learning WIL311S None
Semester 6
Legal and Ethical Issues in
Communication LEC312S None
Management Communication MCO312S None
Persuasion and Propaganda PAP312S None
Plus any TWO of the following Electives:
Mediation Communication MCM312S None
Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse RCD312S None
International Relations and Organisations IRO311S None
112
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES
General
1. Provided there is adequate registration of students in a course, all courses shall be offered
every semester.
2. Except for Language in Practice A (LPA - institutional core course), all English service
courses shall have prerequisites and/or relevant exemptions.
3. Students who have English qualifications from other institutions and those with qualifications
from institutions where English was the language of instruction may be required to write
a special test before registering for an English course.
5. Students with a grade A or B pass in First Language English at IGCSE or Namibia Senior
Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school- leaving certificate
examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in
Practice B (LPB).
113
Transition Rules
1. From the 2009 academic year, all full-time, part-time, and distance education students
shall register for courses in English Communication according to the following table of
correspondence:
Old Courses Corresponding New Courses
2. Distance education students who shall be required to repeat courses in the old curriculum
in 2009 shall register for the corresponding new courses.
Progression Rule
1. A student shall not be allowed to register for a higher English service course unless s/he
has taken and passed a lower course or has been exempted from it.
Attendance
Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall
be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each
course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list.
Assessment
(a) Full-time and Part-time students
Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: 60 % of the Final Mark
Final Examination: 40 % of the Final Mark
A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark
of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %.
A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.
A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark
of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %.
A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.
114
BACHELOR OF ENGLISH 25BAEN
Description
The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme (Full-time/Part-time)
that blends Language (English) and Literature in English, designed to be at NQF level 7,
comprising 391 credits. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work integrated
learning or practice.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia
(2008:4-5) students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special
English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted
into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).
Regulations
The programme shall be governed by the following regulations:
a. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from
year 1 to year 3.
b. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses
plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
c. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be
required to study and pass a Namibian national language.
d. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English
Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies
and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social
Sciences.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Introduction to Linguistics ILS111S None
Introduction to Literature ILT111S None
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Intercultural Communication ICC111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology IPP112S None
The Study of Prose TSP112S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Second Year
Semester 3
English Morphology EMP211S None
Theory and Practice of Poetry TPP211S None
115
Namibian Literature in English NLE211S None
International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None
Semester 4
English Syntax ESY212S None
Theory and Practice of Drama TPD212S None
Literary Criticism LCR212S None
Public Speaking and Argumentation PSA212S None
Rhetorical Theory and Criticism RTC211S None
Third Year
Semester 5
Work Integrated Learning WIL311S None
Semester 6
Psycholinguistics PCL312S None
Semantics SMT312S None
English as a Second Language ESL312S None
African Literature AFL312S None
Management Communication MCO312S None
116
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
In addition, the Department also offers many law courses, i.e. service courses, to other
departments across schools
The National Diploma Police Science is phasing out as from 2009. No new students will be
admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science. Students who are currently
registered for National Diploma Police Science must complete their qualification by the end
of the academic year 2012.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Police Science (Phased out and not available in 2010)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Police Studies 1A PLS111S None
Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None
Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None
Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language Practice B/M3 or
Placement
Public Law 1A PBL111S None
Semester 2
Police Studies 1B PLS112S Police Studies 1A
Investigation of Crime 1B IVC112S Investigation of Crime 1A
Criminal Law 1B CRL112S Criminal Law 1A
Criminal Procedure Law 1B CPL112S Criminal Procedure Law 1A
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Police Science (Not available in 2011)
Semester 3
Police Studies 2A PLS211S Police Studies 1B
Investigation of Crime 2A IVC211S Investigation of Crime 1B
Criminal Law 2A CRL211S Criminal Law 1B
Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None
Semester 4
Police Studies 2B PLS212S Police Studies 2A
Investigation of Crime 2B IVC212S Investigation of Crime 2A
Criminal Law 2B CRL211S Criminal Law 2A
Public Law 1B PBL112S None
117
Third Year - National Diploma Police Science (Not available in 2013)
Semester 5
Police Studies 3A PLS311S Police Studies 2B
Investigation of Crime 3A IVC311S Investigation of Crime 2B
Criminal Law 3A CRL311S Criminal Law 2B
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Semester 6
Police Studies 3B PLS312S Police Studies 3A
Investigation of Crime 3B IVC312S Investigation of Crime 3A
Criminal Law 3B CRL312S Criminal Law 3A
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
NB. The whole National Diploma Police Science Programme will be completely phased
out in 2012.
Mode of Study
The National Diploma Police Science is wholly offered on distance mode of study.
Programme outcomes
After successful completion of the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing or Correctional
Management), students are expected to be able to:
• Explain and discuss the Criminal Justice System, including its sub-systems Corrections
(Prisons), Police, Prosecution, Courts, and Youth in theory and practice;
• Outline and discuss the Namibian Criminal Justice System in both regional and global
contexts;
• Display a deep and broad understanding of the operational interfaces of the various sub-
systems of the Namibian Criminal Justice system;
• Evaluate Criminal Justice policies and advance viable solutions to problems in their
practical applications;
• Identify and analyse Criminal Justice problems and critically put forward workable
solutions;
• Demonstrate a thorough understanding of Human Rights and Juvenile Justice in terms
of the administration of Criminal Justice;
• Demonstrate a wide range of scholastic and technical skills in policing;
• Describe how sociological and psychological theories of crime can form the basis for
revised responses to offenders by the criminal justice system in Namibia;
• Analyse and direct police crime prevention and investigation activities;
118
• Analyse and critique the range of services, alternatives, and practices reflected in the
field of corrections;
• Apply evidence-based principles to development of plans for identifying and implementing
correctional treatment programs;
• Plan, formulate and implement community policing strategies against the objective of
maintaining relationships of trust between members of society and the police;
• Utilise appropriate strategies to motivate, manage, and evaluate correctional
employees;
• Develop initiatives for team-building, decision-making, and conflict management;
• Apply management and leadership principles to the efficient and effective operation of
correctional facilities and services;
• Employ critical and strategic thinking to guide both daily operations and the long-range
development of correctional agencies;
• Approach management and leadership functions from an ethical perspective that respects
the human rights and personal values of both staff and offenders;
• Apply project management concepts to the development of a comprehensive plan to
implement a correctional initiative.
• Employ leadership competencies to envision, implement, and manage change in a
correctional setting;
• Develop a strategic action plan for empowering employees and implementing a correctional
agency’s vision and mission.
• Make and justify autonomous decisions on crime prevention and crime investigation;
• Plan operations and independently manage the affairs of a police unit, station or Police
regional and national headquarters.
Mode of study
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing & Correctional Management) is offered on the full-
time and part-time mode, although tuition takes place in the evenings and as the case may
be Saturdays.
The facilitation and tuition of the programme relies extensively on modern communication
facilities. Therefore, students are strongly encouraged to ensure their own and reliable access
to a Personal Computer or Laptop Computer, which has WLAN functions.
Admission Requirements
Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English Proficiency
Test and test into Language in Practice B. In addition, they must write an aptitude test in
which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to acquire knowledge and
skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia and that of the SADC region
at a professional level.
119
Students who have obtained the National Diploma Police Science from the Polytechnic of
Namibia since 2005 with an average of at least 55 % may apply for “admission with advanced
standing”. These students will qualify for the conferment of the degree Bachelor of Arts in
Criminal Justice Studies (Policing) after successful completion of the following courses:
Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B
Policing 3A & 3B
Research Methodology
Research Project
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Progression Rules
A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme
unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Course Prerequisite NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Criminal Justice Studies 1A CJS111S None 5 15
Computer User Skills CUS411S None 4 8
Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None 5 12
Human Resources Management
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None 5 12
Language in Practice LIP411S None 4 10
Semester 2
Policing 1 POL112S None 5 15
Human Rights for Criminal HCJ112S None 5 15
Justice
Criminal Justice Studies 1B CJS112S Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 15
Introduction to IHR512S None 5 12
Human Resources Management
Language of Practice B LPB0320 None 4 10
Year 2
Semester 3
Criminal Law 2A CRL221S None 6 15
Introduction to Criminology ICR611S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Introduction to Corrections ICO611S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT111S None 6 12
Technology) 1A (optional)
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B 5 12
Semester 4
Law for Public Administrators LPA212S None 6 15
Correctional Management 1 COM612S Introduction to Corrections 6 15
Correctional Treatment COT612S Introduction to Corrections 6 15
120
Ethics for Correctional Managers ECM612S None 6 15
Criminal Law 2B CRL222S Criminal Law 2A 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT121S Statistics (Information 6 12
Technology 1B (Optional) Technology) 1A
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills 6 12
Year 3
Semester 5
Research Methodology RMA411S None 7 15
Correctional Management 2 COM711S Correctional Management 1 7 15
Correctional Project Planning & CPM711S None 7 15
Management
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills 7 15
Semester 6
Evidence Based Corrections EBC712S Correctional Treatment 7 15
Leadership in Corrections LIC712S Correctional Management 7 15
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology 7 15
Alternative Dispute Resolution ADR312S Professional Communication 7 15
BACHELOR OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (POLICING) 25BACJ
Mode of Study
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) programme is offered on part-time mode and, in
due course, also as a hybrid programme, combining shorter periods (up to two weeks twice
a semester) of face-to-face tuition with elements of distance tuition.
Admission Requirements
• Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English
proficiency test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320). In addition, they must
write an aptitude test in which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to
acquire knowledge and skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia
and that of the SADC region at a professional level.
• Students who have obtained the ND: Police Science from the Polytechnic of Namibia
during the past 4 years (i.e. since 2005) with an average of at least 55% may apply for
“admission with advanced standing”. These students will qualify for the conferment of
the degree Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) after successful completion of the
following courses:
• Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B
• Policing 3A & 3B
• Research Methodology
• Research Project
• Alternative Dispute Resolution
121
Progression Rules
A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme
unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Course Prerequisite NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Criminal Justice Studies 1A CJS111S None 5 15
Computer User Skills CUS411S None 4 8
Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None 5 12
Human Resources Management
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None 5 12
Language in Practice LIP411S None 4 10
Semester 2
Policing 1 POL112S None 5 15
Human Rights for Criminal HCJ112S None 5 15
Justice
Criminal Justice Studies 1B CJS112S Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 15
Introduction to IHR512S None 5 12
Human Resources Management
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice 4 10
Second Year (NQF level 6)
Semester 3
Criminal Law 2A CRL221S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Policing 2A (Operations) POL211S Policing 1 6 15
Crime Investigation 2A CIV211S None 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT111S None 6 12
Technology) 1A (optional)
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B 5 12
Semester 4
Law for Public Administrators LPA212S None 6 15
Policing 2B (Operations) POL212 Policing 2A (Operations) 6 15
Crime Investigation 2B CIV212 Crime Investigation 2A 6 15
Criminal Law 2B CLW222S Criminal Law 2A 6 15
Law of Evidence & Criminal LEC212S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Procedure
Statistics (Information SIT112S Statistics (Information 6 12
Technology) 1B (optional) Technology) 1A
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills 6 12
Third Year - Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) (NQF level 7)
Semester 5
Research Methodology RMA411S None 7 15
Policing 3A (Administration) POL311S Policing 2B (operations) 7 15
122
Crime Investigation 3A CIV311S Crime Investigation 2B 7 15
(Crimes of Violence)
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills 7 15
Semester 6
Policing 3B (Administration) POL312S Policing 3A (Administration) 7 15
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology 7 15
Crime Investigation 3B CIV312S Crime Investigation 3A 7 48
(Crimes of Violence) (Crimes of Violence)
Alternative Dispute Resolution ADR312S Professional Communication 7 15
Table of credits
Current students registered for the National Diploma Police Science who choose to migrate to
the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) will be granted credit for courses completed as set
out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements
of the programme.
Course completed (ND. Police Science) Course credited (B. Crim. Just.)
First Year - Semesters 1 & 2
Police Studies 1A and B Policing 1
Investigation of Crime 1A and B Crime Investigation 2A
Criminal Law 1A and B Criminal Law 2A
Criminal Procedure Law 1A and B Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure
(and Law of Evidence 1A)
Public Law 1A Law for Public Administrators
123
DEPARTMENT MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
The Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology rests on a strong core educational
structure with a balance between the practical and the academic instruction. Apart from the
education of students in the practice of journalism, this curriculum also includes course-work
in Communication Technology, which allows students to specialise in one of the areas of
specialisation provided: Journalism, Public Relations and Corporate Communication, and
Multi-Media Design and Production.
Qualification Outcomes
a. Practice the roles of the profession
b. Critique and publish an analysis of the various media’s responsiveness to society and
people
c. Communicate a professional attitude and adaptability
d. Perform at an increased level of expertise
e. Demonstrate effective time-management in order to meet deadlines
f. Illustrate an understanding of the project production process
g. Create relevant and effective solutions to problems
h. Portray effective leadership (to include confidence, role-modelling and the ability to
motivate)
i. Adopt a creative approach (through innovation, unique ideas and an ability to resolve
problems and identify solutions and opportunities)
j. Implement innovative approaches to management
k. Demonstrate an understanding of the media’s organisational role
l. Discover knowledge through a variety of research methodologies
m. Apply knowledge and research findings to an issue or problem
n. Transfer research findings to planning, projects and productions
o. Develop insight through project work, analysis and presentations
p. Show the ability to work co-operatively and independently
q. Demonstrate expertise in writing, speaking and mediated communication
124
Regulations for the Qualification
The Bachelor’s Degree: Journalism and Communication Technology will commence in
semester 1 of 2009.
In terms of the National Diploma, this qualification will be phased out by the end of 2012.
Academic Standards
a. Pre-determined semester hours
b. Prescribed experiential learning hours (1 semester - 16 weeks x 40 hours = 640 hrs.)
Rules of combination:
a. Journalism
b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication
c. Multi-Media Design and Production
Electives:
Note: This curriculum provides core and specialisation courses.
Specialisations:
Students will specialise in one of the following areas of study:
a. Journalism
b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication
c. Multimedia Design and Production
125
- New students, who register as of 2009, will register for the Bachelor’s Degree since the
National Diploma will no longer be an option.
- Students from other institutions who are holders of a Diploma in Journalism, from
recognised institutions, would be required to write the General Knowledge Journalism
Test, as well as the English Placement Test. Should these tests be completed successfully
they would be admitted into the Honours Programme.
Special Arrangements
Assessment Arrangements
Continuous Assessment: 40 %
Experiential Learning Portfolio: 30 %
Exam: 30 %
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Language for the Media 1 LME110S None
Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills KCS110S None
Introduction to Communication ICT110S None
Technologies
Information Gathering and Writing IGW110S None
for the Media
Semester 2
Communication Theory COT110S None
Communication and Society CMS110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism IBJ110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
and Information Gathering and Writing
for the Media or equivalent skills
Introduction to Photography IPG110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
Year 2
Semester 3
Introduction to Multi-media Design IMM210S Introduction to Communication Tech.
and Information Gathering and Writing
for the Media or equivalent skills
Print Design, Editing and Production DEP210S None
Video Production VIP210S Introduction to Photography and/or
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism
Language for the Media 2 LME210S Language for the Media 1
Communication and the Law CLW210 Communication Theory and
Communication and Society
Semester 4
Communication Ethics CME310S Communication and the Law and
Communication and Society
Language for the Media 3 LME310S Language for the Media 2
Plus TWO of the following Specialisation Electives:
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR JOURNALISM:
Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Information Gathering Writing for the
Media
WITH
126
Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S Communication Theory
Language for the Media 2
OR
Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Information Gathering
Writing for the Media
WITH
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design and
Production
Video Production
Semester 5
Year 3
Media Experiential Learning MEL210S Successful Completion of Courses
for the first four Semester
127
Objectives
The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and
Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills,
practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects,
the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this
environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness
of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student
will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period,
so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be
much more meaningful and beneficial.
When selecting a host institution for the purpose of Experiential Learning, the Journalism and
Communication Technology student ought to ensure that the host institution is industry- or
specialisation-related. This means that the student should consider a media institution (e.g.
print, or audio/television broadcasting; a wire service e.g. NAMPA); an advertising agency or
multi-media/web development company/department or a Public Relations/Communication
Department or even the Film Commission.
Procedure
During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the
organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity
of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas
of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular
contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also
contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the
nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done.
Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department,
and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the
Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year.
Semester 6
Courses Course Code Prerequisites
Entrereneurship EPS310S Media Experiential Learning
Media and Communication MRM312S Successful Completion of In-Service
Research Methodologies Training
128
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CORPORATE
COMMUNICATION:
NB: A minimum of five (5) students must register in order for specialisation electives
to be offered.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Communication Theory COT110S None
Communication and Society CMS110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism IBJ110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.,
Information-Gathering and
Writing for the Media or
equivalent skills
Introduction to Photography IPG110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.
129
Language for the Media 2 LME210S Language for the Media 1
Communication and the Law CLW210S Communication Theory
and Communication and
Society
Semester 4
Communication Ethics CME310S Communication and the
Law; Communication and
Society
Language for the Media 3 LME310S Language for the Media 2
Specialisation Elective 1:
Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S Communication Theory;
Language for the Media 2
OR
Specialisation Elective 2:
Advanced News Reporting and Writing NRW310S Experiential Learning
OR
Specialisation Elective 3:
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multi-media
Design; Video Production
Objectives
The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and
Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills,
practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects,
the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this
environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness
of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student
will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period,
so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be
much more meaningful and beneficial.
Procedure
During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the
organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity
of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas
of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular
contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also
contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the
nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done.
Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department,
and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the
Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year.
130
Third Year (Phasing out 2010)
Semester 5
Experiential Learning MEL210S The successful completion of courses
for the first three semesters.
Semester 6
Entrepreneurship EPS310S None
131
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
Coordinator : Oluwole Ajayi, B.Tech. Arch., M.Tech. Arch. (LAU),
C. PPM (NMMU), ICIOB, Pr.Arch.
Academic Staff : Sampson Umenne, M.Sc., Ph.D. Arch. (LICI),
: Sigurd Scheuermann, Dipl. Ing. Arch.
132
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Head of Department : Kalaluka Kanyimba, M.Eng. (Power & Automation)
B.Eng. (Machines and Power)
Secretary : Kaarina P Mbulu, N.Dip.: Information Administration
(PoN)
Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2531
Fax Number : 061 - 207 2142
Email Address : kmbulu@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff (Power) : Gideon Gope, M.Sc. (Elect.), B.Sc. (Elect.)
David N Kapali, B.Tech. Power Engineering (PoN)
Epfras P. Shilongo, B.Tech. Power Engineering,
(PoN)
Academic Staff (Electronics) : Elifas Ngonga, National Diploma: Power
Engineering (PoN)
Hilka Shipena, National Diploma: Electronic
Engineering (PoN)
Victoria Jason, National Diploma: Electronic
Engineering (PoN)
Moses Shuudeni, National Diploma: Electrical
Engineering (PoN)
: Lutz Steinbrück, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C), (Cape
Technicon)
: S. Dipura, M.Sc. (Electronic Engineering)
ItES Co-ordinator : J Pieter Wasserfall, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C),
(Technikon Witwatersrand)
Academic Staff (ItES) : Ilana Malan, B.Sc. Hons. (Physics), (UFS), B.Sc.
Hons. (Biomed. Eng.) (UCT)
Lab Manager : Anthony Apata, ND (Mech. Eng.) (Idah), B.Sc. Engr.
(Electrical) (Ibadan)
133
Laboratory Technicians : Isabel Bishi, ND Mech. (Gwe Pol), ND (Technical &
Vocational Education) (Gwe Pol)
: Conrad January, ND Mech. Eng. (PE Technikon)
: Wisdom Nyagormey, HND Mech. Eng. (Plant),
(Accra), Dip. (Auto) (City & Guilds, London)
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING
Head of Department : Steve van Staden, M.Ed. (UFS), B.Ed, (UNAM),
N.T.D. N.E.D (National Education) (RSA), Industrial
Dip. Mechanical
Secretary : Marie Adank
Telephone Number : 061-207-2050
Fax Number : 061-207-2181
E-mail Address : madank@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Haruana A Obida, M.Ed. Voc./Tech. ED, B.Sc. Fla A
& M Uni (Tall), AA Degree VWCC Ron
: John M. Rossouw, N.H.C.T. - N.N.D. (Mech.), N.T.D.
- Industrial Dip.
: Ivan Coerecius, T3 ND (Electrical Eng) (Pen.Tech.)
Higher Diploma Education (Technical Secondary)
(UCT), B.Ed. (UNAM), N.T.C.6 (Power Eng.)
(R.C.Elliott Tech.College)
: Lance Hauuanga, Higher Diploma Education
(Windhoek College of Education), B.Ed. Hons PGDE
(UFS), M.Ed. (UFS)
: Annie Du Preez, BA Hons (UNAM), BA HED
(Pretoria), B.Ed. Hons (UNAM)
: Lukas J. Bock, BA PGDE (UNAM), B.Tech.
(Pretoria), M.Ed. (Rhodes), B,Tech. HRM (UNISA)
: Rejoice Quest, B.Ed. (Hon) Educational
Management (University of Potchefstroom) HED
(UNAM)
134
ENGINEERING QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
National Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Certificate: Engineering: Power
National Certificate: Engineering: Electronic
National Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Power
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Electronic
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical
National Diploma: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Diploma: Engineering: Power
National Diploma: Engineering: Electronic
National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Mechanical
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Urban)
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Water)
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Power
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Electronic
Master of Science Degree: Engineering: Civil: IWRM: Module: Water for People (SADC-
cooperation)
Master of Integrated Water Resource Mangement
Master of Transportation Engineering
S0.1, S1, S3 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the first
semester of each year.
P1 and P2 are full time applied studies, each with a minimum duration of 19 continuous
weeks. These studies will be conducted in the industry under the supervision of a mentor in
collaboration with the Polytechnic of Namibia co-ordinator. These two courses will be presented
in each semester of the year.
S0.2, S2, S4 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the second
semester of each year.
S5 (Semester 7) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first
semester of every second year.
S5 (Semester 8) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the second
semester of every second year.
S6 (Semester 9) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first
semester of of every second year.
135
S6 (Semester 10) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the
second semester of every second year.
NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for P1, P2 applied
studies.
NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for Semester 4.
a. Admission Requirements
The minimum admission requirements to the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES)
programme are as follows:
1. A grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC Higher level or
an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum C symbol must have been obtained for
Mathematics and Physical Science, as well as gaining entry into Language in Practice A
through an English placement test. The candidate must also score 25 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean,
approve registration of the candidate.
OR
2. Pass at least 4 N3 subjects, with at least 50 % in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a
placement test.
OR
3. Pass at least 4 N4 subjects, with at least 40 % in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a
placement tests.
OR
4. VTC graduates with a grade 12 certificate or equivalent who obtains at least 50 % in
Mathematics and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC
Ordinary syllabi, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English
placement test.
OR
5. Mature age students with a grade 12 certificate who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics
and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi,
as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test.
OR
136
6. Candidates with a foreign qualification, evaluated by the Namibian Qualifications Authority
(NQA) as equivalent to a grade 12 certificate, who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics
and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi,
as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test.
1. Candidates with a grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC
Higher level or an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum NSSC Higher level 3 or
NSSC Ordinary level A symbol must have been obtained for Mathematics and Physical
Science, as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through a placement test. The
candidate must also score 37 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to
five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate
did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon
recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate.
OR
2. Pass at least 4 N5/N6 subjects, with at least 40% in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Communication Skills through an
English placement test.
OR
3. Candidates from other tertiary institutions, that gain entry into Communication Skills
through an English placement test, will be assessed on an individual basis.
4. Candidates that want to enrol into the Mechanical Engineering programme MUST obtain
a credit/ exemption for Engineering Graphics.
c. Credits Requirements.
The following credits will be granted, upon application, to candidates that gain entry into the
Introduction to Engineering Studies programme (minimum symbols are indicated):
137
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (FOURTH YEAR) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The student must have passed all courses of the National Diploma in Civil Engineering
and Project Management from the Polytechnic of Namibia with an overall pass mark of
50% or greater. Course sequences are guided through “recommended sequence”, the pre-
requisites are spelled out for every course separately. Students desiring to register outside
the recommended sequence must give positive proof of lower level course mastery prior to
registration, the central programme mapping of the department’s courses refers.
Mechanical Engineering
Alternative 1
For current local students: National Diploma in Mechanical Engineering (M+3) qualification
and registration as a Mechanical Engineering Technician with the Engineering Council of
Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body in the SADC region or internationally recognised.
OR
Alternative 2:
For mature age students: A (M+3) qualification and registration as a Mechanical Engineering
Technician with the Engineering Council of Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body within
SADC region or internationally recognised.
OR
Alternative 3:
For all other students not in the above categories: A recognised (M+3) qualification in Mechanical
Engineering and a Polytechnic of Namibia evaluation on merit. Such applicant should have at
least 2 years of relevant industrial experience.
138
A candidate must have entry to Communication Skills 1 before he/she will be allowed to
continue with any of the S1 or higher-level courses.
Proficiency Tests
Proficiency tests in Mathematics, Physical Science, Computer Skills and a placement test in
English Communication will be written at the Polytechnic of Namibia at a predetermined date.
The Mathematics and Science tests will cover the NSSC (Extended) syllabus.
10 1 A 80+
9 2 B 70+
8 3 A
+
C A 80+ 60+ 80+
Skills
6 B E C 60+ 60+
5 C F D 50+ 50+
4 D E 40+
3 E F
2 F
Total points will be calculated using grades obtained in Mathematics, Physics equivalent
subject, English and the three other best subjects.
Final Examination
Students build a semester mark through tests and assignments and write a final examination
covering the whole course content at the end of such a course.
Admission will be granted to candidates to sit for a first or a second end of semester examination
in a course if they have accumulated a minimum semester mark of 50% in that course. The
decision to write the first examination or not, shall be irrevocable as soon as the student has
reported for the first examination.
The final course mark will consist of 50 % of the end of semester examination course mark and
50% of its semester mark. To pass a course, a candidate must have a final mark of 50% in that
course. There is a sub minimum of 40 % in the end of semester examination course mark.
139
General Engineering Progression Requirements
Subject to the provisions of the progression rules that follow for each programme, a candidate
who completes 50 % or less of the courses required in a year in a programme must re-apply
for entry to the programme. A candidate can complete a course either by receiving credit for
the course or by passing the course.
A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all
the courses stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, and S3 part of the curricula.
A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, S3 and S4 part of the curricula.
A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion
of a Diploma, or equivalent, and the successful completion of all courses stated in the respective
Bachelor of Technology Degree curriculum.
Civil Engineering
A Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, and Semester 3 part of the curriculum.
A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all
the courses stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3 and Semester 4 part of the
curriculum.
A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3, Semester 4, Semester 5 and Semester
6 part of the curriculum.
A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion
of the Diploma in Civil Engineering and Project Management, or equivalent, and the successful
completion of all courses stated in the respective final year Bachelor of Technology Degree
curriculum.
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
Progression Rule No 1A: Applicable to students enrolled in ItES first semester. The
student must have passed Language in Practice A, Introduction to Mathematics Module 1,
Engineering Skills Module 1 and any 3 other courses to proceed to ItES second semester.
140
Students who fail to meet the requirements of Progression Rules 1A and/or 1B must re-apply
for admission to the ItES programme.
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses
whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the
conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course
per semester, subject to the written approval of employer or bursary donor.
NOTE: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of
first year Engineering courses.
Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed
to S3.
Progression Rule No 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from S3/
S4 (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering.
Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after
student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and
the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
Important Note for all Civil Engineering students still following the old curriculum:
For a maximum period of 5 years (envelope grace period) the old curriculum will follow the
exception rule and progression rules numbers 2 to 4 below.
141
(MEP420S) during Semester 8, provided that the course/s registered for are actually presented
by the Department of Mechanical Engineering during the respective semester.
Exit Points: Certificate for level 1 after successful completion of semesters 1-3, Higher
Certificate for level 2 after successful completion of semester 4, National Diploma for level 3
after successful completion of semesters 5 and 6.
Important Transition Note: The new set of curricula will be implemented over the years
2005-07 to follow the natural cycle from semester to semester. However, the department
strives to have all courses developed by the end of 2005. For this reason both, the new and
parts of the old curricula, will be presented here. Their latest ‘phasing in /out’ times are clearly
indicated. The department reserves the right to implement readily developed courses
on National Diploma Level to replace old courses even before 2007. The grace period
for completion of a National Diploma in Civil Engineering will be 5 years with regards to the old
curriculum. I.e. a student having started studying for a National Diploma in Civil Engineering
in the old curriculum will attend the new courses but will receive his/her qualification (ND-
Certificate) under the old qualification for a maximum period of 5 years with effect from 2005.
The last date of award of the old National Diploma shall be 2010. Thereafter such student
will have no further right to be certified under the old qualification and will have to complete
the new qualification. Courses on the new curriculum will during these 5 years count on the
old qualification.
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
142
S0.1
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LIP411S Language in Practice
ITD012S Engineering Graphics
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS012S Introduction to Chemistry
TLS011S Engineering Skills Module 1
IEG010S Introduction to Engineering Geography
IHE010S History for Engineers
SDS010S Self Development and Study Skills
S0.2
LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics None
IEE010S Introduction to Ecology
IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics
CUS411S Computer User Skills
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses
whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the
conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course
per semester, subject to the written approval from employer or bursary donor.
143
BCS110S Building Construction Scheduling Introduction to Management Practices
in the Civil Engineering Industry
CSE630S Construction Site Equipment Introduction to Management Practices
in the Civil Engineering Industry
BCP110S Building Costing and Pricing 1 Introduction to Management Practices
in the Civil Engineering Industry
QSV110S Quantity Surveying Introduction to Management Practices
in the Civil Engineering Industry
LAL111S Labour Law 1A None
Semester 4
CPR210S Civil Engineering Practical Training See Progression Rule No 2
Semester 6
SDE321S Structural Design 3B Structural Design 3A
SAN320S Structural Analysis 3B Structural Analysis 3A
CAS310S Computer Applications in Structural Structural Analysis 3A
Analysis
WAE320S Water Engineering 3 Water Engineering 2
GET320S Geo-technical Engineering 3B Geo-technical Engineering 3A
BFS222S Business Finance See Progression Rule No 2(CIV)
DOC310S Documentation See Progression Rule No 2(CIV)
NOTE: For the current and revised B.Tech. courses in Urban Engineering there is no change
with regards to addition of courses. I.e. students will attend to the new curriculum from 2005
as per central course mapping available in the department. This final year programme is
currently offered part time only and will be put on full time mode with a minimum of 8 students
attending. Students registering from 2005, will be registered into the revised curriculum for
B.Tech. Urban Engineering or the new curriculum for B.Tech. in Water Engineering only but
have the exit options as sketched out above. The B.Tech. in Urban Engineering was fully
accredited (CTP) in 2003 and has experienced rather strategic changes than content changes
to accommodate a B.Tech. in Water Engineering (refer to curriculum below).
144
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: CIVIL ENGINEERING: URBAN ENGINEERING 35BCUR
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum
four courses from Bachelor 1 advanced engineering level in Semester 7 (the recommended
course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S
depending on the programme chosen.
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum
four courses from Bachelor 1 Advanced Engineering Level in Semester 7 (the recommended
course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S
depending on the programme chosen.
145
WUM410S Water Utility Management 1 None
IWM410S Integrated Water Management None
WWT421S Wastewater Treatment 2 Wastewater Treatment 1
WTT421S Water Treatment Technology 2 Water Treatment Technology 1
WDP410S Water Engineering Design Project See progression rule No 2(CIV)
Description
The Bachelor of Engineering: Civil is a professional degree designed to be worth 590 credits
at NQF Level 8. The degree incorporates project-based assessments, a research component
and six months of practical work-based learning.
Admission requirements
The admission requirements into Semester 1 are derived from the professional roles, the
course learning outcomes, the competence and skills required and are as follows:
Grade 12 with a minimum NSSC (H) ‘3’ symbol in Mathematics, Physical Science and English.
Two additional subjects must have been passed with a minimum NSSC (O) ‘A’ and ‘B’ symbols
respectively.
OR
Passed the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES) programme with NSSC (H) equivalent
qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale.
Special Rules
Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after student
counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
Progression Rule No. 1 (CIV): The student must have passed all courses from the Year
1- Year 2 to proceed to Year 3 semester 5.
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 3 semester 5 courses
to proceed to Year 3 semester 6 (Specialisation).
Progression Rule No. 3 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 4 semester 7 courses
to proceed to the Engineering Project.
Progression Rule No. 4 (CIV): The student who has one year relevant working experience
supported by an employer will be credited with Year 5 semester 9 after submiting a report on
his working experience.
The grace period for completion of the Bachelor of Technology qualification is 6 years from
the implementation of the Professional Bachelor degree. The last date for the award of the
B.Tech degree shall be 2014. Thereafter such student will have no further right to be certified
under the old qualification and will have to complete the new qualification.
146
CURRICULA
First Year
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite(s)
CSK0420 Communication Skills See admission requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 See admission requirements
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 See admission requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 See admission requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 See admission requirements
Semester 2
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 None
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 See admission requirements
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 See admission requirements
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125 See admission requirements
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mechanics 115
WPR120S Workshop Practise 125 None
Second Year
Semester 3
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Mathematics 125
EGY120S Engineering Geology 161 See admission requirements
FMC610S Fluid Mechanics 214 Engineering Mechanics 115
BMA121S Intro to Business Management None
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
TST210S Theory of Structures 161 Mechanics of Materials 125
Semester 4
CON220S Construction Materials Engineering 161
ICM210S Introduction to Construction Management None
GMS210S Geomechanics 161 None
PFC0620 Professional Communication Communication Skills
PMG220S Project Management 161
SVY210S Survey 161 Engineering Mathematics 115
Progression Rule 1 (CIV)
The student should have passed all Year 1 and 2 courses to proceed to Year 3.
Third Year
Semester 5
GEG310S Geotechnical Engineering 171 Geomechanics
PGD310S Geometric Design of Roads 171 Engineering Drawing 115
STA310S Structural Analysis 171 Theory of Structures
STD310S Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry) Theory of Structures
SSS220S Statistics 171 None
WRE310S Water Engineering 171 Fluid Mechanics 214
147
EDS310S Electric Drive Systems 171 None
STD311S Structural Design (Steel, Timber) 171 Theory of Structures
UTE310S Urban Traffic Engineering 171 None
WWT310S Water & Wastewater Treatment 171 Engineering Chemistry 125
Third Year
Semester 6
Core Courses
MCD310S Mechanical Design 171 None
SBM421S Strategic Business Management
Planning & Control Progression Rule 2 (CIV)
148
GET321S Geotechnical Engineering 271 Geotechnical Engineering 1
GTE320S Geotechnical Technical Equipment
and Machinery 171 Progression Rule 2 (CIV)
Fourth Year
Semester 7
EVE810S Environmental Enineering 181 None
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181 None
SSS410S Statistics 281 Statistics 1 (Civil)
149
Semester 8 - Compulsory Courses
CET420S Engineering Project 181
CPN420S Cleaner Production 181 None
MTT420S Materials Handling Technology &
Storage Techniques 181
SBM421S Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control Progression Rule 2 (Civ)
Semester 9
CET890S Civil Engineering Practice 181 Progression Rule 3 (Civ)
150
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MINING 35BEMI
Description
The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining degree features two specialisations of Mining Production
and Mineral Processing. The degree is designed to be worth 624 credits (Minining Production)
and 627 credits (Mineral Processing) respectively at NQF Level 8. It consists of eight semesters
of instruction and a ninth devoted to experiential learning in industry and to applying the obtained
knowledge in a Bachelor mini-thesis.
Admission Requirements
1. Grade 12 with a minimum of NSSC (H) grade 3 or equivalent in Mathematics, Physical
Science and English.
2. In addition two subjects with a minimum NSSC (O) ‘A’ and ‘B’ symbols respectively
or equivalent must be passed; OR
3. Passed the Polytechnic Bridging Programme (ITES) with NSSC (H) or equivalent
qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale.
The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining programme will be offered on full-time mode only.
CURRICULA
First Year
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite(s)
CSK0420 Communication Skills See admission requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 See admission requirements
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 See admission requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 See admission requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 See admission requirements
EGY120S Engineering Geology
MIN110S Mining Practice 141 See admission requirements
Semester 2
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 None
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 See admission requirements
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 See admission requirements
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125 See admission requirements
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mechanics 115
EGY220S Engineering Geology 261
MIN120S Mining Practice 241
Second Year
Semester 3
IMG220S Introduction to Mining 161
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 361 Engineering Mathematics 115
MOM610S Mechanics of Materials 261 Mechanics of Materials 125
FMC610S Fluid Mechanics 161 Engineering Mechanics 115
Engineering Mathematics 125
EMC510S Electrical Machines 161 Electrical Engineering 125
SVY210S Surveying 161 Engineering Mathematics 115
151
Semester 4
NMS220S Numerical Methods & Statistics 161 Engineering Mathematics 361
TDN620S Thermodynamics 161 Engineering Mathematics 115
Fluid Mechanics 161
POD220S Principles of Design 161 Engineering Drawing 115
MSV210S Mine Surveying 171 Engineering Mathematics 115
Surveying 161
GMS210S Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics 161 None
GMS220S Geomechanics - Rock Mechanics 161 Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics
MIN220S Mining Practice III 341
Third Year
Semester 5
Compulsory:
MAD310S Machine Design 171 Principles of Design 161
MSV210S Mine Survey 171 Engineering Drawing 115
Engineering Mathematics 115
Surveying 161
EEM720S Engineering Management 171
Electives:
Specialisation 1: Mining Production
MLL310S Mining Law and Licenses 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Geology 261
MID310S Mineral Deposits 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Geology 261
GPS310S Geophysical Systems 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Geology 261
Semester 6
Compulsory:
MPM320S Mineral Project Management 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Managment 171
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
MIP320S Mineral Processing 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
MPL320S Mine Planning 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
Electives:
Specialisation 1: Mining Production
MUM320S Mining Methods Underground Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
MSM320S Mining Methods Surface Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
152
Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing
ETR620S Electronics 161 Electrical Engineering 124
CNS320S Control Systems 171 Systems Modeling 171
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Compulsory:
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181
CHT410S Conveying & Hauling Technology 181
MIP410S Mineral Processing 281 Introduction to Mining 161
Electives:
Specialisation 1: Mining Production
MPL410S Mine Planning 281 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
MPU410S Mining Engineering Project -
Underground 181 Mine Planning 171
ESM410S Mining Equipment Surface Mining 181 Mineral Deposits 171
Mining Methods Surface Mining
EUM410S Mining Equipment - Underground Mineral Deposits 171
Mining 181 Mining Methods Underground
Mining 181
Semester 8
Compulsory
PME420S Mining Engineering Project 281 Engineering Research
Methodology 181
MEV420S Mine Economics & Mine Valuation 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses
HSP420S Health & Safety Protection in Mining 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses
Electives:
Specialisation 1: Mining Production
VCC420S Mine Ventilation & Climate Conditioning 181 Mine Planning 281
SDF420S Shaft Sinking & Deep Foundations 181 Mining Methods -
Underground Mining 181
DTE420S Large Underground Excavation, Mining Methods -
Drifting & Tunneling 181 Underground Mining 181
CHT420S Conveying & Hauling Technology 281 Conveying & Hauling
Technology 181
MMM420S Mining Methods, Marine Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
153
Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing
PPD420S Processing Plant Design 281 Processing Plant Design181
Process Mineralogy 171
FLO420S Flotation 181 Mineral Deposits 171
Mineral Processing 171
MWM420S Waste Management in Mining 281 Processing Plant Design181
HMY420S Hydrometallurgy 181 Mineral Deposits 171
Mineral Processing 171
CPN420S Cleaner Production 181 Environmental Engineering
in Mining 171
Fifth Year
Semester 9
BEP510S Experiential Training with Completion of all courses up
Bachelor Thesis 181 to S8
Description
Electronics is the buzzword of modern technology but has a history dating back to the first
telephone and a little later the wireless. The discovery of semi-conductor technology opened
up a vast area of new applications for increasingly smaller and more powerful devices.
Qualified Technicians in this field of study are involved in telecommunications and radio/TV
broadcasting, automation in which programmable controllers are used to operate systems,
and the maintenance and repair of electronic equipment and systems which is a field of
specialisation.
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
S0.1
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LIP411S Language in Practice
ITD012S Engineering Graphics
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS012S Introduction to Chemistry
TLS011S Engineering Skills Module 1
IEG010S Introduction to Engineering Geography
IHE010S History for Engineers
SDS010S Self Development and Study Skills
S0.2
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics None
154
IEE010S Introduction to Ecology
IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics
CUS411S Computer User Skills
*Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have
completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1.
Progression Rule No. 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes
that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses
Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language
in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and
Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1.
S1 (Semester 1)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1** Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Introduction to Physics
Language in Practice B
ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None
MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
* Only applicable for candidates entering S1 direct after school
***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
S2 (Semester 2)
APR110S Applied Programming 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
DEL1200 Digital Electronics 2 ** Digital Electronics 1
Electronics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
ELE120S Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
ELC1200 Electronics 2 ** Electronics 1
Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
MAT120S Mathematics 2 ** Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
155
PRJ110S Projects 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Engineering Graphics
Electronics 1
Electrical Engineering 1
Communication Skills 1
Progression Rule No. 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to
relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing
Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception,
according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one
full time course during P1 and P2 subject to the written approval of employer/ bursary giver.
NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/
she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2.
P1 (Semester 3)
Code Course Prerequisite
LPR2100 Electronic Engineering Practice 1 See Progression Rule 2
P2 (Semester 4)
LPR2200 Electronic Engineering Practice 2 Electronic Engineering Practice 1
Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed
to S3.
S3 (Semester 5)
CEL1300 Communication Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
CTS210S Control Systems 2 Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
Electrical Engineering2
Co requisite: Mathematics 3
DPJ310S Design Projects 3A Projects 1
ECD310S Electronic Design 3A Electronics 2
Mathematics 2
MAT311S Mathematics 3 Mathematics 2
MIC310S Micro Controller Applications 3A Digital Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1
PRJ210S Projects 2 Projects 1
Electronics 2
S4 (Semester 6)
DPJ320S Design Projects 3 B 15 Electrical Engineering Credits
(P1/P2 excluded)
Design Projects 3A
Projects 2
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship & Management 2 3 Electronic Engineering S3 credits
156
And any FOUR of the following electives:
AUT3300 Automation 3 Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1A
CTS310S Control Systems 3 Control Systems 2
Mathematics 3
EMA3400 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Electrical Machines 2
Mathematics 2
EPR3400 Electrical Protection 3 Power Engineering 3
Electrical Distribution 3
Mathematics 3
ECD320S Electronic Design 3B Electronic Design 3A
HFE1300 High Frequency Engineering 3 Communication Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
MIC320S Micro Controller Application 3B Micro Controller Application 3 A
PEL3300 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 2
Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
Description
Graduates with this Diploma are typically involved in the area of power distribution, from
domestic installations to large commercial complexes and from small remote electrical
installations to large high voltage demand points. Their knowledge also allows them to become
involved in High Voltage power distribution at national grid level, in cities and in towns. Although
electronics are becoming dominant there is still an area in which automation is needed.
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
S0.1
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LIP411S Language in Practice
ITD012S Engineering Graphics
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS012S Introduction to Chemistry
TLS011S Engineering Skills Module 1
IHE010S History for Engineers
IEG010S Introduction to Engineering Geography
SDS010S Self Development and Study Skills
S0.2
LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics None
IEE010S Introduction to Ecology
IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics
CUS411S Computer User Skills
*Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
157
Progression Rule No 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have
completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1.
Progression Rule No 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes
that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses
Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language
in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and
Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1.
S1 (Semester 1)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Introduction to Physics
Language in Practice B
ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None
MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
* Only applicable for candidates entering S1 directly after school.
S2 (Semester 2)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
APR110S Applied Programming 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
ELE120S Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
EMA120S Electrical Machines 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
ELC1200 Electronics 2 ** Electronics 1
Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
MAT120S Mathematics 2 ** Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
PRJ110S Projects 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Engineering Graphics
Electronics 1
Electrical Engineering 1
Communication Skills
** Core S1/S2 Courses
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to
relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing
158
Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception,
according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one
full time course during Practice 1 and Practice 2, subject to the written approval of employer
/ bursary giver.
NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/
she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2.
P1 (Semester 3)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
EPR2100 Electrical Engineering Practice 1 See Progression Rule 2
P2 (Semester 4)
EPR2200 Electrical Engineering Practice 2 Electrical Engineering Practice 1
Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed
to S3.
S3 (Semester 5)
EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
(Statics) Introduction to Physics
Language in Practice B
Engineering Skills Module 2
CTS210S Control Systems 2 Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
Electrical Engineering 2
Co-requisite: Mathematics 3
DPJ310S Design Projects 3A Projects 1
ELD3300 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Electrical Machines 2
Mathematics 2
PEN310S Power Engineering 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
PRJ210S Projects 2 Projects 1
Electronics 2
MAT311S Mathematics 3 Mathematics 2
S4 (Semester 6)
DPJ320S Design Projects 3B 15 Electrical Engineering Credits
(P1/P2 excluded)
Design Projects 3A
Projects 2
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship &Management 2 3 Electrical Engineering S3 credits
And any FOUR of the following electives:
AUT3300 Automation 3 Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1A
CEL1300 Communication Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
CTS310S Control Systems 3 Control Systems 2
Mathematics 3
EMA3400 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Electrical Machines 2
Mathematics 2
159
EPR3400 Electrical Protection 3 Electrical Distribution 3
Power Engineering 3
Mathematics 3
ECD320S Electronic Design 3B Electronic Design 3A
HFE1300 High Frequency Engineering 3 Communication Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
MIC320S Micro controller Applications 3B Micro controller Applications 3A
PEL3300 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 2
Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
In addition to the institution’s admission requirements for degrees, the following admission
requirements to the Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Electronic Engineering and
Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Power Engineering will apply:
Foundation Course
• Industrial Project 4A
• Industrial Project 4B (2 credits)
• Mathematics 4
One of the 2 Core courses
• Power Systems 4
• Electronic System Design 4
One of the following 4 Sequences
• Electrical Protection Sequence (Power only) Electrical Protection 4A
Electrical Protection 4B
• Micro controllers Sequence (Electronics only)
Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
Micro controller System Applications 4
160
• Communications Sequence (Electronics only)
Electronic Communications 4
Digital Communications 4
• Controls Sequence (Power and Electronics)
Control Systems 4
Digital Control Systems 4
• Three additional courses from the list of Electives including individual electives
and sequence courses not selected above.
Institutional resources will determine the number of courses that can be offered and presentation
of any one course is dependent on the amount of students enrolling for such a course. The
decision to present or not to present a course lies with the management of the Polytechnic
of Namibia.
Description
Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Electronic
Engineering. The programme will produce specialists in any one or more of the three options:
Communication Systems, Control Systems and Micro Controller systems. A Graduate of this
programme will be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace.
Graduates will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of
solutions to practical problems.
Currently this programme is offered only part time and are divided into 4 semesters.
NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The courses
offered will depend on student enrolment and department recourses.
S5 (Semester 7)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
ESD410S Electronic System Design 4 Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Engineering 3
Micro controller Applications 3B
IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Design Project 3B or
Design Projects 3
MAT410S Mathematics 4 Mathematics 3
S5 (Semester 8)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Design Project 3B or
Design Projects 3
Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice):
CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 Control Systems 2
Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Electronics 3
MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4 Micro controller Applications 3B
161
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 Control Systems 2
Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Electronics 3
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4
S6 (Semester 9)
Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Micro Controller Applications 3B
Device Applications 4
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4
S6 (Semester 10)
IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4
162
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE in POWER ENGINEERING 35BPEN
Description
Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Power Engineering,
which involves generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy. The Protection
option will produce experts in power system administration. A Graduate of this programme will
be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace. Graduates
will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of solutions to
practical problems.
Currently this programme is offered only part time and is divided into 4 semesters.
NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The course
offered will depend on student enrolment and departmental resources.
S5 (Semester 7)
Code Course Title Prerequisite
IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Design Project 3B or
Design Projects 3
MAT410S Mathematics 4 Mathematics 3
POS410S Power Systems 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Engineering 3
Electrical Machines 3
Electrical Protection 3
Mathematics 3
S5 (Semester 8)
IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Design Project 3B or
Design Projects 3
Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice):
CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Mathematics 3
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3
Power Systems 4
EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Mathematics 3
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3
Electrical Protection 3
IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Power Engineering 3
PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3
Electrical Machines 4
Control Systems 3
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
163
S6 (Semester 9)
Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3
Power Systems 4
EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3
Electrical Protection 3
IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Power Engineering 3
PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3
Electrical Machines 4
Control Systems 3
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
S6 (Semester 10)
IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3
Power Systems 4
EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3
Electrical Protection 3
IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Power Engineering 3
PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3
Electrical Machines 4
Control Systems 3
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
164
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS 35BEET
Introduction
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunications programme is a 4½ year
programme designed to be worth 620 credits at NQF Level 8 accumulated from 51 courses.
Admission Requirements
Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in
Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E
obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic
of Namibia’s English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve
registration of the candidate.
OR
Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered
at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction
to Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry.
Exceptions
Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic
of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year
courses and a minimum of 75 % in both Mathematics 2 and Mathematics 3. Students who
satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng program. The students
will also be exempted from the following second year courses:
1. Digital Electronics 253
2. Analogue Electronics 263
3. Control System 263
However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first
year of registration:
1. Material Science 152
2. Professional Writing
3. Engineering Physics 162
4. Engineering Chemistry 153
5. Introduction to Algorithm Design 155
6. Engineering Drawing – AutoCad
Qualification Outcomes
On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed
below:
• Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge
• Engineering Problem Solving
• Engineering Design and Synthesis
• Engineering Computer Skills
165
• Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis
• Professional Ethics and Practice
• Professional and General Communication
• Team and Multidisciplinary Working
• Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment
• Independent and Lifelong learning
• Entrepreneurship and Leadership
Programme Structure/Curriculum
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication is a 4½ year programme
with 620 credits accumulated from 47 core courses and 14 electives. Additionally all students
shall be required to produce to the satisfaction of the Head of Department, a certificate showing
evidence of completion of suitable work in the basic workshop processes during a period of
at least 8 weeks in an approved electronics/telecommunication environment, either before
registration or within the first two years from the date of first registration for the programme.
Semester 1
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 Admission Requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 Admission Requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 Admission Requirements
CSK0420 Communication Skills Admission Requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills Admission Requirements
Semester 2
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics
115
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics
Engineering Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawing 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 None
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125 None
Semester 3
DEL510S Digital Electronics 215 Electrical Engineering 125
Engineering Mathematics 125
PFW0520 Professional Writing
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 None
ANE510S Analogue Electronics 216 Engineering Mathematics 115
EWP510S Electrical Workshop Practice 215
EMC510S Electrical Machines 216 Electrical Engineering 125
Semester 4
MAI620S Measurements and
Instrumentation 226 Electrical Engineering 125
Analogue Electronics 216
DEL620S Digital Electronics 226 Digital Electronics 215
Analogue Electronics 216
SAS620S Signals and Systems 226 Engineering Mathematics 216
Electrical Engineering 125
166
ADI111S Intro to Algorithm Design None
MTM720S Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 216
ANE620S Analogue Electronics 226 Engineering Mathematics 216
Analogue Electronics 216
Electrical Engineering 125
Semester 5
IPG120S Introduction to Programming Intro to Algorithm Design
CAR710S Computer Architecture 317 Digital Electronics 226
ICN210S Introduction to Computer Networking Computer User Skills
TCE610S Telecommunication Engineering 316 Signals and Systems
Engineering Mathematics 227
CNS610S Control Systems 316 Engineering Mathematics 227
Analogue Electronics 226
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 327 Control Systems 316
TCE720S Telecommunication Engineering 327 Telecommunication
Engineering 316
MCA720S Microcontroller Applications 327 Computer Architecture
ENT111S Entrepreneurship
EEM720S Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Engineering Mathematics 216
Electrical Engineering 125
PAS620S Probability and Statistics 326 Engineering Mathematics 125
Semester 7
REG810S Radio Engineering 418 Eng Electromagnetics
ERM810S Engineering Research Methods 418 Professional Writing
Probability and Statistics
EMT810S Engineering Mangement 418 Financial Accounting 1A
Professional Writing
DIC810S Digital Communication 418 Telecommunication
Engineering 3B
Probability and Statistics
IRS220S Introduction to Switching and Routing Intro to Computer Networking
ACP710S Applied Computer Programming 417 Intro to Programming
Semester 8
ESD820S Electronic Systems Design 428 Microcontroller
Applications (B.Eng)
DSP820S Digital Signal Processing 428 Signals and Systems
Telecommunication
Engineering 327
OPC820S Optical Communication 428 Telecommunication
Engineering 327
RNE820S Renewable Energy 427 Electrical Engineering
Engineering Mathematics 227
Electrical Machines 216
167
Plus any TWO of the following:
TSN820S Telecommunication Switching &
Network Systems 428 Digital Communication
INR820S Intelligent Robotics 428 Microcontroller
Applications (B.Eng.)
Intro to Programming
MCS820S Mobile Communication Systems 528 Digital Communication
DCS820S Digital Control Systems 528 Control Systems 327
Semester 9
ETP830S Electronics and Telecomunications Engineering Research
Project 518 Methods 418
Introduction
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power programme is a 4½ year programme designed to
be worth 620 credits accumulated from 51courses. Successful completion of the programme will
lead to the the award of a NQF level 8 Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power degree.
Admission Requirements
Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in
Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E
obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic
of Namibia’s English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve
registration of the candidate.
OR
Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered
at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction to
Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry. However a score 65 % in the said courses will
not automatically guarantee entry into the programme as selection will be based on merit.
Exceptions
Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic
of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year
courses and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics 2 and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics
Students who satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng.
programme. The students will also be exempted from the following second year courses:
1. Digital Electronics 253
2. Analogue Electronics 263
3. Control System 263
However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first
year of registration:
1. Material Science 152
2. Professional Writing
3. Engineering Physics 162
4. Engineering Chemistry 153
168
5. Introduction to Algorithm Design 155
6. Engineering Drawing
Qualification Outcomes
On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed
below:
• Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge
• Engineering Problem Solving
• Engineering Design and Synthesis
• Engineering Computer Skills
• Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis
• Professional Ethics and Practice
• Professional and General Communication
• Team and Multidisciplinary Working
• Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment
• Independent and Lifelong learning
• Entrepreneurship and Leadership
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 Admission Requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawings 115 Admission Requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 Admission Requirements
CSK0420 Communication Skills Admission Requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills Admission Requirements
Semester 2
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics 115
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics 115
Engineering Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawings 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125
Semester 3
DEL510S Digital Electronics 215 Engineering Mathematics 125
Electrical Engineering 125
PFC0620 Professional Writing Communication Skills
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Mathematics 125
ANE510S Analogue Electronics 215 Engineering Mathematics 115
Engineering Physics 115
EWP510S Electrical Workshop Practice 215
EMC510S Electrical Machines 216 Electrical Engineering 125
169
Semester 4
MAI620S Measurements and Instrumentation 226 Electrical Engineering 125
Analogue Electronics 215
DEL620S Digital Electronics 226 Analogue Electronics 215
Digital Electronics 215
TDN620S Thermodynamics Mathematics 115
ADI111S Intro to Algorithm Design
MTM720S Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 216
ANE620S Analogue Electronics 226 Engineering Mathematics 216
Analogue Electronics 215
Electrical Engineering 125
Semester 5
IPG120S Introduction to Programming Intro to Algorithm Design
CAR710S Computer Architecture 316 Digital Electronics 226
PSE610S Power Systems Engineering 316 Electrical Engineering 125
Engineering Mathematics 227
PEL610S Power Electronics 316
CNS610S Control Systems 316 Engineering Mathematics 227
FAC1100 Financial Accounting 1A
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 327 Control Systems 316
EMC720S Electrical Machines 327 Electrical Machines 216
Engineering Mathematics 227
AMA720S Automation 327 Measurements and
Instrumentation 226
PSE720S Power Systems Engineering 327 Power Systems Engineering 316
Engineering Mathematics 227
EEM720S Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Engineering Mathematics 227
Electrical Engineering 125
PAS620S Probability & Statistics 327 Engineering Mathematics 125
Semester 7
PSE810S Power Systems Engineering 418 Power Systems Engineering 327
ERM810S Engineering Research Methods 418 Professional Writing
Probability & Statistics 327
EMT810S Engineering Management 418 Professional Writing
Financial Accounting 1A
ICN210S Introduction to Computer Networking Computer User Skills
ENT321S Entrepreneurship
ACP710S Applied Computer Programming
Semester 8
DES820S Electrical Systems Design 428 Power Systems Engineering 418
RNE820S Renewable Energy 428 Electrical Machines 216
Electrical Engineering 125
ETD820S Electric Drives 428
ETP820S Electrical Protection 428 Power Systems Engineering 428
170
Plus any TWO of the following:
AMA820S Automation 418 Control Systems 327
Engineering Mathematics 227
TDN820S Transmission & Distribution
Networks 418 Power Systems
Engineering 418
Engineering Mathematics 227
EMD820S Electrical Machine Design 428 Electrical Machines 327
HVE820S High Voltage Engineering 428 Power Systems Engineering 418
PSC820S Power System Operation
& Control 428
Semester 9
EPP830S Electrical Power Project 518 Engineering Research
Methods 418
Description
Mechanical Engineering covers a vast range of activities from simple hand tools to spacecraft.
The programme at the PoN focuses on areas of technology in line with Namibian industry.
Areas of study cover mechanisms, the use of heat to deliver work and the reverse process,
the factors influencing the strength of components of machines and structures, manufacturing
processes and design of components. Graduates of the programme are equipped with a range
of knowledge that will enable employment in a broad range of industries, from consulting
engineering to mining and from industry to transport.
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
S0.1
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LIP411S Language in Practice
ITD012S Engineering Graphics
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS012S Introduction to Chemistry
TLS011S Engineering Skills Module 1
IEG010S Introduction to Engineering Geography
IEE010S Introduction to Ecology
SDS010S Self Development and Study Skills
S0.2
LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics None
IHE010S History for Engineers
IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics
CUS411S Computer User Skills
*Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
171
Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in S0). The student must have
completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1.
Progression Rule No. 1B.2: (Applicable to students in the Civil, and Mechanical programmes
that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses
Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language
in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and
Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1.
Semester 1 (S1)
EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics (Statics) 1** Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Language in Practice B
Engineering Skills Module 2
CSK0420 Communication Skills 1 Language in Practice B
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Introduction to Physics
Language in Practice B
MAT111S Mathematics 1** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
Engineering Skills Module 2
Language in Practice B
CAD1100 Computer Aided Draughting** Engineering Graphics
Language in Practice B
WPR1100 Workshop Practice Engineering Skills Module 2
Language in Practice B
***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
than the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
Semester 2 (S2)
FMC1200 Fluid Mechanics 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
EMP1200 Engineering Mechanics (Particle
Dynamics) 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
MAT120S Mathematics 2** Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
DEM1200 Design and Manufacture 2** Computer Aided Draughting
Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
MOM1200 Mechanics of Materials 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
TDY1200 Thermodynamics 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
** Core S1/S2 Courses
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enrol for any full time courses
172
whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the
conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course
per semester, subject to the written approval of employer /bursary giver.
Note: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of first year
Engineering courses.
Semester 3 (P1)
MPR2100 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 See progression rule no 2
Semester 4 (P2)
MPR2200 Mechanical Engineering Practice 2 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1
Semester 5 (S3)
FMC310S Fluid Mechanics 3 Fluid Mechanics 2
Mathematics 2
EMR310S Engineering Mechanics 3A Engineering Mechanics
(Rigid Body Dynamics) (Particle Dynamics) 2
Mathematics 2
MAT311S Mathematics 3 Mathematics 2
DEM310S Design and Manufacture 3A Design and Manufacture 2
Mathematics 2
MOM310S Mechanics of Materials 3A Mechanics of Materials 3A
Mathematics 2
TDY310S Thermodynamics 3A Thermodynamics 2
Mathematics 2
Semester 6 (S4)
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship and Management None
FMC320S Fluid Mechanics 3B Fluid Mechanics 3A
MEP320S Mechanical Engineering Design Project Design and Manufacture 3A
TOM320S Theory of Machines Engineering Mechanics
(Rigid Body Dynamics) 3A
MOM320S Mechanics of Materials 3B Mechanics of Materials 3A
ICE320S Internal Combustion Engines Thermodynamics 3A
173
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 35BMEC
Description
At this level, the programme cover mainly the development of machines and systems basically
for diverse application in the modern technologically advancement. Mechanical Engineering
is one of the broadest of all Engineering disciplines, which ultimately provides opportunities
for employment in the Industries, Research and Development, Education/Training and
Government. Areas of study covers planning, analysing, evaluating, design and improvement
of components and improvement of components and systems.
Semester 7 (S5)
Progression Rule No. 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from
S3/S4-Level (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering.
Semester 8 (S6)
Core Courses (compulsory)
FMC420S Fluid Mechanics 4** Fluid Mechanics 3B
MEP420S Mechanical Engineering Project 4B Mechanical Engineering Project 4A
Electives:
ESA410S Experimental Stress Analysis* Mechanics of Materials 4
RAC410S Refrigeration and Air Conditioning* Thermodynamics 3A
MAT410S Mathematics 4 Mathematics 3
* If presented.
174
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL 35BEME
Description
The Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering programme is designed to be worth 585 credits at
NQA level 8. It has a normal duration of eight semesters of instruction and a ninth semester
devoted to experiential learning in industry. The programme consists of forty four core - and
six elective courses of which students are required to offer two from one of three fields of
specialisation, being mechatronics, energy and manufacturing. The field of specialisation is
selected at the end of the third year of studies. The curriculum for the first year of the proposed
programme is identical to that of the B. Eng. programmes proposed by the Departments of
Civil- and Electrical Engineering.
A student who successfully completes the proposed programme and who consequently
receives the B. Eng. (Mech.) qualification is eligible for registration as a Professional Engineer
in Training with ECN.
Admission Requirements
The minimum requirements for entry into the first year of the proposed programme are:
• a 3 symbol obtained in NSSCH Mathematics and NSSCH Physical Science and
• a 2 symbol in NSSCH English or gaining entry into Communication Skills through the
English placement test of Polytechnic of Namibia and
• a minimum of 37 points on the engineering evaluation scale of Polytechnic of Namibia
counting up to five NSSC subjects including Mathematics, Physical Science and
English
OR
ITS route entrants who collected a credit for Communication Skills 113 during ITS will offer
five courses in the first semester instead of the six of students entering via the NSSCH route,
whereas those who did not will offer the normal six courses in the first semester.
Articulation
Holders of a National Diploma (ND) and/or B.Tech. degree in Mechanical Engineering obtained
from Polytechnic of Namibia are eligible for admission. Depending on the results of an
evaluation of equivalence of their qualifications, Polytechnic of Namibia will consider holders
of similar qualifications obtained elsewhere to be admitted.
Holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) will be admitted to the second year of the B. Eng. (Mech.)
programme provided that such students may be exempted from certain second year courses
and that certain first year courses be offered. The first year courses to be offered are :
The second year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements
for such exemptions are :
175
Engineering Mathematics 215 55 % for Mathematics 3 or equivalent
Engineering Mechanics 213 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Particle Dynamics)
or equivalent
Mechanics of Materials 214 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3A or equivalent
Fluid Mechanics 214 55 % for Fluid Mechanics 3B or equivalent
Engineering Mechanics 224 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Rigid Body
Dynamics) or equivalent
Mechanics of Materials 223 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3B or equivalent
Thermodynamics 225 55 % for Thermodynamics 3A or equivalent
Principles of Design 224 55 % for Design and Manufacture 3 or equivalent
In addition, holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) from Polytechnic of Namibia who have successfully
completed a one year probation period with an employer in a relevant industry are also
exempted from the course Experiential Training 510.
Holders of ND (Mech. Eng.) who join the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted
from all the indicated courses will offer a total of six courses in S3 and S4 provided such
students offer three S5 courses in S3 and two S6 courses in S4.
Articulation between the ND (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B. Eng. (Mech.)
programme is scheduled to commence one year after the date of implementation of
the programme.
Holders of a B. Tech. (Mech. Eng.), as well as current - or former B. Tech. students of Polytechnic
of Namibia who have completed all prescribed B. Tech. courses except Mechanical Engineering
Project 4A or 4B, will be admitted to the third year of the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme provided
that such students may be exempted from certain third year courses and that certain first - and
second year courses be offered.
The third year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements for
such exemptions are:
Holders of B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) who join the B.Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted
from all the indicated courses will offer six courses S5 and seven courses in S6.
Articulation between the B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B.Eng. (Mech.)
programme is scheduled to commence two years after the date of the implementation
of the programme.
176
Students who qualify to articulate with the B. Eng. (Mech.) course who do not meet the
minimum requirement for exemption of any particular B. Eng. (Mech.) course will not attend
contact sessions in that course.
Such students will instead be afforded two examination opportunities to obtain a pass mark in
the course for which exemption is sought. Such examinations will take place before lectures
commence in the beginning of the academic year and will cover the syllabus of the B. Eng.
(Mech.) course for which exemption is sought.
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 Admission Requirements
APH120s Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawings 115 Admission Requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 Admission Requirements
CSK0420 Communication Skills Admission Requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills Admission Requirements
Semester 2
MTM120S Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics 115
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mechanics 115
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics 115
Engineering Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125 None
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawings 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125 Admission Requirements
Semester 3
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Mathematics 125
EMC610S Engineering Mechanics 213 Engineering Mathematics 115
Engineering Physics 115
FMC610S Fluid Mechanics 214 Engineering Mechanics 115
Engineering Mathematics 125
EMC510S Electrical Machines 216 Electrical Engineering 125
MOM610S Mechanics of Materials 214
ADI111S Introduction to Algorithm Design
Semester 4
NMS620S Numerical Methods 224 Engineering Mathematics 125
Intro to Algorithm Design
EMC620S Engineering Mechanics 224 Engineering Mathematics 125
Engineering Mechanics 213
MOM620S Mechanics of Materials 223 Mechanics of Materials 125
TDN620S Thermodynamics 225 Engineering Mathematics 115
Fluid Mechanics 214
ETR620S Electronics 224 Electrical Engineering 125
POD620S Principles of Design 224 Engineering Drawings 115
Workshop Practice 125
177
Semester 5
SSS710S Intro to Statistics
SYM710S Systems Modelling 313 Electrical Machines 216
Engineering Mechanics 213
Fluid Mechanics 214 or
Thermodynamics 225
EXM710S Experimental Methods 315 Engineering Mathematics 225
Electronics 224
TFL710S Thermofluids 314 Fluid Mechanics 214
Electrical Machines 216
Thermodynamics 225
MPS710S Manufacturing Processes 313 Workshop Practice 125
MAD710S Machine Design 315 Principles of Design 224
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 325 Systems Modelling 313
VAN720S Vibration and Noise 324 Engineering Mechanics 224
Experimental Methods 315
HTF720S Heat Transfer 324 Numerical Methods 224
Thermodynamics 225
MAD720S Machine Design 324 Engineering Mechanics 224
Machine Design 315
EEM720S Engineering Management 324 Machine Design 315
Manufacturing Processes 313
PFW0520 Professional Writing
Semester 7
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology
DSP810S Design Project (B.Eng) All courses up to and Semester 6
EVE810S Environmental Engineering Thermofluids 314
Vibration and Noise
Elective – choose one sector only:
Energy Sector
ESR810S Renewable Energy Systems Thermofluids
Heat Transfer 324
Control Systems 325
Environmental Engineering
Manufacturing Sector
CAM810S Computer Aided Manufacturing Manufacturing Processes
Mechatronics Sector
MTS810S Mechatronics Electronics 224
Control Systems 325
Experimental Methods
Semester 8
MCP820S Mechanical Project Engineering Research
Methodology
ENT321S Entrepreneurship
CPN820S Cleaner Production Environmental Engineering
178
Elective - choose one sector only:
Energy Sector
PPT820S Power Plant Technology Thermofluids 314
Heat Transfer 325
Control Systems 325
Manufacturing Sector
NTI820S Introduction to Nanotechnology Material Science 125
Mechatronics Sector
MPA820S Microprocessor Applications Mechatronics
Semester 9
MET830S Mechanical Experiential Training Completion of all prescribed
courses up to and including 4th
year, except Mechanical Project.
179
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING
Qualifications offered
National Certificate Vocational Instructor 35CPVT
National Higher Certificate Vocational Instructor 35HPVT
National Diploma Vocational Instructor 35DPVT
Admission requirements
NOTE: Experienced artisans without formal academic or training qualifications may take
appropriate theory tests and/or trade tests approved by the Selection Panel for the Instructor
Training Programme, in order to qualify for entry to the FIRST LEVEL of the Instructor Training
Programme.
180
LEVEL 3.0 - National Diploma (phasing out end of 2010)
MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA
SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION of the Level 2.0 - National Higher Certificate Course in
Vocational Instructing, OR an equivalent pedagogical training programme, PLUS
Description
The PON entered into a joint agreement with the Government and European Union to upgrade
the skills of Instructors already in service at Vocational Training Centres and Technical Schools
around the country as well as Technical graduates who wish to become Instructors/Teachers
in the Technical field.
No new intake in 2009. Phasing out over 3 year period beginning 2009 and ending
2011.
CURRICULUM
181
NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR 35HPVT
Semester 3
PDV210S Professional Development 2A Professional Development 1A & 1B
COS210S Computer Skills 2A Computer Skills Module 1B
ESB110S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale
Business Development 1A None
MOE110S Management of the Environment 1A None
TEA110S Training Programme Evaluation,
Including Staff Appraisal 1A None
QTE110S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for
Training Evaluation 1A None
CGN110S Counselling & Guidance for both
Academic and Personal Needs of
Trainees 1A None
Semester 4
PDV220S Professional Development 2B Professional Development 2A
COS220S Computer Skills 2B Computer Skills 2A
ESB120S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale Entrepreneurial Skills & Small
Business Development 1B Business Development 1A
MOE120S Management of the Environment 1B Management of the Environment 1A
TEA120S Training Programme Evaluation, Training Programme Evaluation,
Including Staff Appraisal 1B Including Staff Appraisal 1A
QTE120S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for Quality Assurance Mechanisms
Training Evaluation 1B for Training Evaluation 1A
CGN120S Counselling & Guidance for Counselling & Guidance for both
both Academic and Personal Needs Academic and Personal Needs of
Trainees 1B of Trainees 1A
Semester 5
PDV310S Professional Development 3A Professional Development 2A & 2B
IFC110S Information & Communication
Technology Skills 1A Instructors Communication Skills 1
TMS110S Training Management Skills 1A None
TNA110S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A None
TEA210S Training Programme Evaluation
including Staff Appraisal 2A None
IVE110S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational
Education & Training 1A None
MTP110S Marketing Training Programmes 1A None
Semester 6
PDV320S Professional Development 3B Professional Development 3A
IFC120S Information & Communication Information & Communication
Technology Skills 1B Technology Skills 1A
TMS120S Training Management Skills 1B Training Management Skills 1A
TNA120S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1B Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A
IVE120S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational Innovations and Initiatives in
Education & Training 1B Vocational Education and
Training 1A
182
MTP120S Marketing Training Programmes 1B Marketing Training Programmes 1A
TEA220S Training Programme Evaluation
Including Staff Appraisal 2B TEA210S
183
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
Admission criteria
Knowledge of mathematics is a prerequisite and prior learning in technical / geometrical
drawing provides an extremely advantageous foundation for learners entering all teaching /
learning programmes leading to an architectural qualification.
The admission of students will be by means of a selection process which involves two stag-
es:
In the Preliminary Stage, candidates are to be assessed on academic merit only. The mini-
mum academic criteria for 2010 admission exercises is as follows:
1. 14 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for English and Mathematics using a
combination of NSSC(H) and/or NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on
NSSC(O) will be accepted.
2. Minimum 21 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for any three other subjects us-
ing a combination of NSSC(H) and NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on
NSSC(O) will be accepted.
Candidates apply for this stage with their latest school results (Grade 12). Those who meet
the minimum requirements for admission will then be invited to participate in the next stage
by taking a special departmental selection test. With the invitation, they also receive (in the
mail) an assessment package to complete at home and submit on the day of the test.
In the Final Stage, candidates are to be assessed in terms of their general knowledge, abili-
ties and experience by means of the departmental selection test, taken on one of a couple
of prescheduled Saturdays in October. Candidates must then also submit the assessment
package sent to them shortly after the foregoing selection process in the preliminary stage.
Based on the outcome of the tests and assessment packages, the Department then compiles
a shortlist of final candidates. Those candidates whose names have made the shortlist are
invited to participate in the final selection interviews during the September recess.
The result of the selection committee is final and no discussion or correspondence will be
entered into. While candidates should preferably attend their test and interview, applicants
unable to do so may request further selection material to be sent by mail. A telephonic inter-
view may then be granted.
If the Grade 12 results of candidates who were selected provisionally do not meet the mini-
mum requirements, final admission to the Department may be withheld.
184
• evaluated and assessed in accordance with their claims regarding prior skills and
experience gained (portfolio review, implementation of assessment / evaluation
methods, recommendations arising from the assessment / evaluation processes)
provided with quality management / assurance objectives to support the achievement
of competence leading to the award of the qualification (assessment of competence in
respect of required outcomes, auditing, approval, recommendation, reporting).
The Bachelor of Architecture (Honours) will be awarded to candidates who have attained the
Bachelor of Architecture and who, in addition, have achieved a minimum of 120 credits at
level 8, and who meet the course requirements as detailed in the last year of the curriculum.
Candidates must also meet the Polytechnic administrative and financial requirements as
detailed in the Prospectus annually.
• In order to proceed from the Bachelor of Architecture to the Bachelor Honours, a stu-
dent is required to have passed all courses for the Bachelor, and to have obtained a
70 % final mark in Architectural Design.
185
CURRICULUM
Year 2
ARD610S Architectural Design 2 Architectural Design 1
CAD610S Computer-Aided Design 2 Computer Applications 1 &
Computer-Aided Draughting 1
CMA610S Construction Materials 2 Construction Materials 1
CME610S Construction Methods 2 Construction Methods 1
CDC610S Contract Documentation 2 Contract Documentation 1
TOD610S Theory of Design 2 Theory of Design 1
ATP720S Architectural Technology
Practice 3 (In-Service Training) Architectural Design 1, Computer
Applications 1, Computer-Aided
Draughting 1, Contract
Documentation 1,
Construction Materials 1
Construction Methods 1 &
Presentation Techniques 1
Year 3
ARD710S Architectural Design 3 Architectural Design 1 &
Architectural Design 2
BSE710S Building Services 3 Applied Building Science 1 ,
Construction Methods 1 &
Construction Methods 2
CAD710S Computer-Aided Draughting 3 Computer Applications 1,
Computer-Aided Draughting 1 &
Computer-Aided Design 2
CMA710S Construction Materials 3 Construction Materials 2
CME710S Construction Methods 3 Construction Methods 2
CDC710S Contract Documentation 3 Contract Documentation 2
LSD720S Landscape Design 3 Architectural Design 2
ATP720S Architectural Practice 3 Architectural Technology
Practice 3 (In-Service Training)
SQU720S Specification & Quantities 3 None
SFA720S Surveying for Architecture 3 None
TOD720S Theory of Design 3 Theory of Design 2
186
Year 4
CMA810S Construction Materials 4 Construction Materials 3
CME810S Constructions Methods 4 Construction Methods 3
PMN810S Project Management 4
TOD810S Theory of Design 4 Theory of Design 3
ARD820S Architectural Design 4 Architectural Design 3
LCM820S Law & Contract Management 4
STR820S Structures 4 Applied Building Science 1
PUD810S Principles of Urban Design 4 Landscape Design 3
187
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES
188
EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE
Coordinator : Wilhelm van Niekerk, National Diploma Ambulance
and Emergency Care (Technikon Natal)
: Carolie Markgraaff, National Diploma: Emergency
Medical Care (CPUT)
189
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
190
DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF BIO-MEDICAL SCIENCES 50BMES
Description
The Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences is a professional degree designed to be at NQF Level
8. The degree incorporates a research component and 1 year of practical work-based
learning.
Admission requirements
Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points as per the Polytechnic general admission requirements.
In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements:
Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted but may be required to enrol for
a bridging programme and/or selected bridging courses. Students are informed that they will
necessarily then be on an extended programme.
Qualification Outcomes
191
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A HPY110S
Medical Chemistry 1 CEM110S
Biostatistics & Calculations BCL110S
Medical Physics MPH110S
Laboratory Principles 1A LAP110S
Computer User Skills CUS411S
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Semester 2
Human Anatomy & Physiology 1B HPY120S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A
Molecular Biology BMB120S Chemistry 1
Immunology IMY120S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A
Biochemistry BCH120S Chemistry 1
Applied Laboratory Principles 1B ALP120S Laboratory Principles 1A
Second Year
Semester 3
Medical Microbiology 1 MMB210S Human Anatomy &
Physiology 1A & 1B
Haematology 1 HAM210S Immunology
Clinical Chemistry 1 CLC210S Biochemistry
Cell Biology CEB210S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B
Semester 4
Medical Microbiology 2 MMB220S Medical Microbiology 1
Haematology 2 HAM220S Haematology 1
Biology of Diseases BOD220S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B
Clinical Chemistry 2 CLC220S Clinical Chemistry 1
Third Year
Semester 5
Medical Microbiology 3 MMB310S Medical Microbiology 2
Haematology 3 HAM310S Haematology 2
Clinical Chemistry 3 CLC310S Clinical Chemistry 2
Research Methodology A RES310S BioStatistics & Calculations
Medical Laboratory Management A LAM320S Applied Laboratory Principles 1B
Molecular Diagnostics MOD310S Clinical Chemistry 2
Semester 6
In-Service Training (Practice 1) BMT320S All courses up to semester 5
Fourth Year
Semester 7
In-Service Training (Practice 2) BMT410S All courses up to semester 6
Semester 8
Integrated Clinical Pathology ICP420S Practice 1 & 2
Research Project RES420S Research Methodology A
Medical Laboratory Management B LAM420S Practice 1 & 2
192
NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE 55CEMC
(In conjuction with the Cape Penisula University of Technology)
Description
Graduates are qualified for professional registration with the Health Professions Council
of South Africa as an Emergency Care Practitioner (Paramedic). Students are equipped to
become competent in providing pre-hospital emergency care to the critically ill or injured
patient. They receive training in basic, intermediate and advanced techniques in order to
provide advanced life support.
Admission Requirements
Grade 12 as well as the Intermediate Certificate in Ambulance and Emergency Care.
Programme Rules
Candidates admitted for the National Higher Certificate are only allowed to proceed to the
second year of study if all first year modules are successfully completed.
Students should have obtained drivers licence code 08 in the 1st year of study and a code 10
at the end of the 2nd year of study.
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Name
FOP1100 Foundations of Practice
CUS411S Computer User Skills
CSK0420 Communications Skills (Fulltime or Distance only)
FOP003M Personal Health & wellness - Module 3
FOP004M HIV and AIDS awareness - Module 4
FOP005M Law and Ethics - Module 5
IHS1100 Introduction to Human Sciences
IHS001M Physics & Chemistry
IHS002M Microbiology and Patholgy
IHS003M Anatomy & Physiology
Year 1
Semester 2
TEM1100 Emergency Medical Services Care 1 - Theory
TEM001M EMS Equipment
TEM002M Scene & patient assessment
TEM003M Airway management & ventilation
TEM004M Medical Emergencies
TEM005M Trauma Emergencies
TEM006M Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation
PHE1100 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 1: Practicals
PHE001M Clinical Skills
PHE002M Patient Simulation
PHE003M Experiential Learning 1
193
Year 2
Semester 3
HEC1200 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Theory
HEC001M Airway Management & Ventilation 2
HEC002M Pharmacology
HEC003M Medical Emergencies 2
HEC004M Trauma Emergencies 2
HEC005M Environmental Emergencies
HEC006M Obstetrics & Neonatal Care
HEC007M Geriatrics & Pediatrics
HEC008M Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation 2
ECP1300 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Practical
ECP001M Clinical Skills 2
ECP002M Patient Simulations 2
ECP003M Experiential Learning 2
Year 2
Semester 4
Course Code Course Name
MRE1200 Medical Rescue
MRE001M Fire Search and Rescue
MRE002M Motor Vehicle Rescue
MRE003M High Angle Rescue
CCT1200 Critical Care Transport
CCT001M Intensive Care Transport
CCT002M Aviation Health Care
Optional:
CEC1200 Communications - EMC
CEC001M Call Taking - EMS
CEC002M Dispatch - EMS
CEC003M Special Situation Management
194
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES 50BEHS
Description
The four (4) year Professional Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences with an exit level
outcome of one (1) year for the National Certificate in Environmental Health Science and three
(3) years for the National Diploma in Environmental Health Science is designed to be at NQF
Level 8.
Admission Requirements
Grade 12 with a minimum of 25 points as per Polytechnic’s general requirements. In addition,
applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements:
Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted, but may be requied to enroll for
a bridging programme or selected bridging courses.
Ethical and Professional rules and regulations set by the ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS
COUNCIL OF NAMIBIA shall be upheld by all candidates enrolled for this programme at all
times.
Rules related to laboratory practical set by the department shall be upheld by all candidates
enrolled for this qualification.
Progression Rule
All candidates admitted for the Degree are only allowed to proceed to the next level of study
on the following conditions:
(i) that their compulsory Practical Attachments for the preceding level are successfully
completed;
(ii) that a minimum of 60 % of the courses enrolled for have been completed successfully.
Candidates admitted to the Degree are bound by compliance to all the prerequisite courses
stated for the respective higher level courses.
195
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Course Code Prerequisite
Health Physics HPC110S
Health Biology 1A EHB110S
Social Studies 1A SOS110S
Computer User Skills CUS411S
Building Construction 1A BCN110S
Environmental Pollution Control 1A EPC110S
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Semester 2
Health Chemistry HCH120S
Health Biology 1B EHB120S
Social Studies 1B SOS120S
Building Construction 1B BCN120S
Environmental Pollution Control 1B EPC120S
Health Statistics HES120S
Second Year
Semester 3
Environmental Pollution Control 2A EPC210S Environmental Pollution Control 1B
Occupational Health and Safety 2A OHS210S Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics
Epidemiology 2A EDY210S Health Statistics
Food and Meat Hygiene 2A HFM210S Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics
Environmental Management MNP210S Social Studies 1B
Practice 2A
Semester 4
Environmental Pollution Control 2B EPC220S Environmental Pollution Control 2A
Occupational Health and Safety 2B OHS220S Occupational Health and Safety 2A
Epidemiology 2B EDY220S Epidemiology 2A
Food and Meat Hygiene 2B HFM220S Food and Meat Hygiene 2A
Environmental Management MNP220S Environmental Management
Practice 2B Practice 2A
Third Year
Semester 5
Environmental Management MNP310S Environmental Management
Practice 3 Practice 2B
Environmental Pollution Control 3 EPC310S Environmental Pollution Control 2B
Epidemiology 3 EDY310S Epidemiology 2B
Food and Meat Hygiene 3 HFM310S Food and Meat Hygiene 2B
Occupational Health and Safety 3 OHS310S Occupational Health and Safety 2B
Semester 6
In-Service Training (Practice 1) EHT320S All courses up to semester 5
196
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Environmental Management MNP410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Practice 4
Epidemiology 4 EDY410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Occupational Health and Safety 4 OHS410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Environmental Pollution Control 4 EPC410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Food and Meat Hygiene 4 HFM410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Semester 8
In-Service Training (Practice 2) EHT420S All courses up to semester 7
197
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 35BAMS
Admission Requirements
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic, a candidate should have
obtained a minimum of grade B symbol in NSSC Mathematics or its equivalent. Candidates
that obtained a C symbol in Mathematics will be required to sit for an entrance test in
Mathematics.
Candidates who left formal school eight (8) or more years earlier will be considered for
admission under Rule G12.3.
Modes of Study
The programme will run in the full-time and part-time modes.
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
Course Title Course Prerequisite(s) NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Algebra and Trigonometry ALT110S None 4 15
Introduction to Mathematical IMS110S None 4 15
Structures
Introduction to Statistics INS110S None 4 15
Computer User Skills CUS411S None 4 12
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B 5 15
Any one of the following (electives):
Financial Accounting 101 FAC111S None 4 12
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None 5 15
Semester 2
Official Statistics OST120S None 5 12
Calculus CLS120S Algebra & Trig 5 15
Linear Algebra 1 LIA120S Algebra & Trig 5 15
Financial Mathematics 1 FIM120S None 5 15
Applied Programming APR110S Computer User skills or 4 8
PIS1B
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills 6 15
Any ONE of the following (electives):
Financial Accounting 102 FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A 5 12
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None 5 15
Semester 3
Probability Theory PBT210S Calculus 5 12
Differential Equations DEQ210S Calculus 6 15
Linear Algebra 2 LIA210S Linear Algebra 1 6 15
Mathematical & Statistical SMC210S Computer User Skills 5 15
Computing
Introduction to Business BMA121S None 5 12
Management
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing 6 15
198
Any ONE of the following (electives):
Cost and Management CMA211S Financial Accounting 1B 5 15
Accounting 201
Intermediate Microeconomics 2A IME211S PEC1A 6 15
Semester 4
Statistical Inference 1 SIN210S Probability Theory 5 12
Mathematical Programming 1 MHP220S Linear Algebra 1 6 15
Financial Mathematics 2 FIM220S Financial Mathematics 1 6 12
Mathematical Modelling 1 MMO220S Calculus 6 15
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None 6 12
Regression Analysis & ANOVA RAA220S Statistical Inference 1 and 6 15
Linear Algebra 1
Any ONE of the following (electives):
Cost and Management CMA212S CMA2A 6 15
Accounting 202
Intermediate Microeconomics 2B IME212S PEC1B 6 15
Semester 5
Real Analysis RAN310S Calculus 7 15
Numerical Analysis 1 NAN310S Differential Equations 6 15
Mathematical Programming 2 MHP310S Math Programming 1 7 15
Mathematical Modelling 2 MMO310S Mathematical Modelling 1 7 15
Business Operations BSO221S None 6 12
Complex Analysis 1* CAN310S Co-requisite: Real Analysis 7 15
Statistical Inference 2* SIN220S Statistical Inference 1 7 12
199
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
200
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS COMPUTING
Head of Department : Johnson Billawer Masters Business Information
Systems (Australia), B.Tech. Business Computing
(PoN), ND Business Computing (PoN)
Secretary : Paulina Nambele
Telephone Number : 061- 2072258
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : William Torbitt, B.Sc. Mathematics, Physics
(Johannesburg), B.Sc. Hon. Experimental Physics
(Witwatersrand), M.Sc. Radio Astronomy
(Manchester), M.Sc. Computer Science (London)
: Meke Shivute, M.Tech. IT (CPUT), B.Tech. IT
CPUT), ND: IT (PoN), NC: IT (PoN)
: Harren Jarmann, National Diploma: Business
Computing (PoN)
: Suama Hamunyela, B-Tech: Business Computing
(PON)
: Johannes Shimaneni, M.Sc. Information Systems
(Thames Valley)
: Claus Jensen, National Higher Diploma: Electrical
Engineering
201
DEPARTMENT OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Head of Department : Jens Fendler, Dipl.-Inf. (FH) Cum Laude
(Wolfenbüttel), Inf.-Tech.
Secretary : Paulina Nambele
Telephone Number : 061- 2072258
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Dr. Heike Winschiers, Diploma Inform (Hamburg),
Dr. rer. nat.
: Gereon Koch-Kapuire, B.Tech. (Bus. Comp.), ND
(Bus. Comp.) (PoN)
: Shilumbe Chivuno-Kuria, B.Sc. Computer Science,
Psychology (UNAM)
: Wensey Khoases Nat. Diploma (Software
Engineering) (PoN)
: Michel Onwordi
: David Phiri
202
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED CODES
Diploma: Information Technology 80NDIT
Bachelor of Information Technology : Business Computing 80BSBC
Bachelor of Information Technology : Software Development 80BSSD
Bachelor of Information Technology : Systems Administration & Networks 80BSAN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering 80BHSE
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networking 80BHCN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing 80BHBC
Master of Information Technology 80MIFT
Description
Information Technology refers to the skills and knowledge needed to operate computer
equipment and applications. Information Technology studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia
offer different areas of specialisations as well as different exit levels.
The Diploma is being awarded to students who successfully passed all subjects required for
the first year of studies and who have mastered the basic skills needed to understand and
use the computing environment for business purposes. Beside computer user skills and an
introduction to programming, courses also include more general proficiencies, such as English
language, Mathematics, Business Management, and Presentation of Projects to an audience.
The Diploma is the foundation, upon which the student is able to choose a specialisation for
the Bachelor of Information Technology.
Bachelor of Information Technology: for those who successfully completed all requirements
for the three year degree.
The Bachelor of Technology is obtainable after the fourth year of study, in the appropriate
programme. It contains a number of courses designed to offer deeper insight into advanced
skills in various areas of Information Technology. A requirement is an approved independent
project. The fourth year of study permits the student to either work in advanced positions in
industry or to apply for Master-level studies.
It is expected that students whose knowledge and work experience do not include newer
trends, as represented in the latest syllabi for the Bachelor of Information Technology, must
acquire such skills on their own prior to attempting courses at the fourth year level. It is
strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from the Heads of
Departments before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively.
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment
and a Theory Paper and a Practical Paper
• An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and practicals
during the semester.
• Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all
practicals and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination. E.g. a class
mark of 50 %.
203
• In-course mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark
in the ratio of 50 % (semester mark) to 50 % (examination mark).
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment
and a Theory Paper
• An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and
assignments during the semester.
• Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all
assignments and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination.
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School using Continuous Evaluation
only
• The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and
assignments during the year.
• The course mark is the final mark
• Students must obtain a 50 % mark to pass the course.
• Supplementary tests and extensions will be defined within the individual course
outline.
Admission Requirements
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic. In addition,
the following conditions must be met:
1. The applicant must have passed English at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level with
symbol E or better.
2. The applicant must have passed Mathematics at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level
with symbol D or better.
3. The applicant must participate in an English placement test at the Polytechnic and qualify
for Language in Practice A or higher level.
4. The applicant must participate in an apptituide test at the Polytechnic and achieve a
ranking within the number of available places for students in Information Technology.
Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. If a student has not completed National
Certificate (old) at the end of 2009 he/she must recommence study in the Bachelor at the level
commensurate with the credits carried forward.
204
Students changing to the new National diploma can obtain the following credits:
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Computer Organisation & Hardware COH110S None
Introduction to Algorithm Design ADI111S None
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Mathematics for IT 1A MIT112S None
Semester 2
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Introduction to Algorithm Design ADI111S None
(If not taken already)
Introduction to Programming IPG120S Introduction to Algorithm Design
Introduction to Software Engineering ISW120S Computer Organisation
Information Competence ICT120S None
Mathematics for IT 1B MIT122S Mathematics for IT 1A
Operating Systems and Networks ONS120S Computer User Skills
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
205
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: BUSINESS COMPUTING 80BSBC
Description
Business Computing is a branch of Information Technology that primarily deals with the question
of how to use computers and computer programs most effectively for business and general
purposes. Therefore, a thorough understanding of the field of business management and
accounting is equally important to an excellent ability to use computers efficiently and to the
limits of their capabilities. Successful candidates in Business Computing are able to select,
implement and manage computer systems cost-efficiently and suitable for the intended use
in business. Often, this requires research or knowledge in a wide variety of hardware and
software systems (offered by commercial vendors or as “open source”), and the ability to match
that knowledge to the business needs in innovative ways.
Admission Requirements
Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. Applicants
must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelors degree. The HOD
may approve exceptions to the entry requirements.
206
Business Computing Project in CPI110S Business Computing CPI320S Duration
Industry Project in Industry (6 weeks) revised
Students wanting to complete the old National Diploma have until 2009 with the above
mentioned arrangements.
Students changing to the new Bachelor degree can obtain the following credits from the old
National Diploma.
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S None
Software Analysis and Design SED210S Introduction to Software Engineering
Management Information Systems MNS210S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Statistics for IT 1A SIT111S None
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Semester 4
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Computer User Skills
Electronic Commerce ELC220S None
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Computer User Skills
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1A
Business Operations BSO221S None
Statistics for IT 1B SIT121S Statistics for IT 1A
207
Third Year
Semester 5
Enterprise Web Application EWD310S Web Development Fundamentals
Development and Object Oriented Programming
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Management Information Systems
Process Management PMT310S Software Analysis and Design
Project Management PTM210S None
Introduction to Marketing & its MAR121S None
Environment
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Semester 6
Business Computing Project in Industry CPI320S ND: IT
Enterprise Systems Technology EST320S Enterprise Systems Applications
Commercial Law (IT) CLI320S None
NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 6 and a project in industry
has to be passed between semester 3 and 6.
208
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION AND
NETWORKS 80BSAN
Description
Systems Administration and Networks is a branch of Information Technology that concerns itself
with the task of establishing and maintaining the technical environment for computer systems
with optimal functionality, reliability and security. Information system administrators design,
and create computer networks, install and maintain software systems, implement rules and
procedures to insure high performance, reliability and “round-the-clock” availability of service,
take responsibility for security both against equipment failure, and against unauthorised
intrusion by viruses and hackers, and trouble-shoot arising problems. Successful candidates
often rise into middle and upper-level technical management, charged with the responsibility
for all computing requirements of an organisation.
Admission Requirements
Applicants must have passed at least 50% (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication Skills. Applicants
must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelor’s degree. The HOD
may approve exceptions to the entry requirements.
Electives
A total of six(6) electives are required as follows: three (3) courses from one track and other
three (3) from another track. The student should choose 2 tracks from 3 tracks namely:
Programming Track, Business track or Databases Track.
Students are not allowed to choose more than three (3) courses from any one track.
209
Management Information Management Information
Systems MNS110S Systems MNS210S Revised
Database Programming DBP110S Database Programming DBP220S Revised
Internet Server Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and INT220S
Internet Programming INP310S
Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S New
Systems Administration Project Systems Administration Project in
in Industry IAP110S Industry 15 weeks IAP320S Revised
Students currently on the old Diploma in Information Systems Administration can change
registration to the new Bachelor. In this regard the student would obtain the following credits
from the old National Diploma.
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Operating Systems and Networks
Introduction to Computer Networking ICN210S Operating Systems and Networks
Project Management PTM210S None
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives)
Programming Track
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming
Databases Track
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Computer User Skills
Business Track
Management Information Systems MNS210S None
210
Semester 4
Operating Systems OPS210S Operating Systems and Networks
Introduction to Routing and Switching IRS220S Introduction to Computer Networking
Systems Administration SAD221S Introduction to Systems Administration
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives)
Programming Track
Internet Technology INT220S Object Oriented Programming
Databases Track
Database Programming DBP220S Introduction to Databases 1B
Business Track
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Computer User Skills
Electronic Commerce ELC220S None
Semester 5
Internetworking and WAN Technologies IWT310S Introduction to Routing and
Switching
Internet and Intranet Systems IIS310S Systems Administration
Administration
Computer Forensics CFR311S Operating Systems
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives)
Programming Track
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Technology
Business Track
Entrepreneurship ENT321S Business Ethics
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Management Information System
Semester 6
Systems Administration Project in IAP320S ND (IT)
Industry (Experiential Learning)
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives):
Databases Track
Database Administration DSA320S Introduction to Databases 1B
Database Programming
NB: There are three tracks of electives (Programming, Databases and Business) of which two
must be completed in order to graduate. The requirements for completion of each of the
tracks are as follows:
1. Programming track: Complete all three courses from this track.
2. Database track: Complete all four courses from this track.
3. Business track: Complete the following combination:
(a) Complete Entrepreneurship (ENT321S)
(b) Complete one of the following two courses:
Enterprise Systems Applications (ESA310S)
Electronic Commerce (ELC220S)
(c) Complete one more course from this track.
211
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 80BSDM
Description
Software Development is a branch of Information Technology that is oriented towards the
creation of computer programs for a wide variety of purposes. It is about developing the
programs that make computers useful and interesting. The successful software engineer is
able to analyse requirement, translate into design suitable for a computing solution, create
or program it as a system of software modules, verify its functionality, and implement it for
the end-user. The software engineer uses a variety of tools from traditional programming
languages to most sophisticated specialised software workbenches and testing tools. In
addition to the ability to learn quickly the essential features of an application in any area of
client needs, excellent communications and writing skills are equally essential. Successful
software engineers also possess a good command of time and project management skills
with special regard to managing complex software development efforts.
Admission Requirements
Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. The HOD
may approve exceptions.
Candidates must complete the requirements for the National Diploma before the Bachelor
will be awarded.
212
Student wanting to finish of the old National Diploma have 2008 and 2009 with the above
mentioned arrangements.
Students changing to the new Bachelor can obtain the following credits from the old National
Diploma. (The courses marked with an asterisk (*) have no prior equivalence and will have
to be done by the student)
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Procedural Programming PPR210S Introduction to Programming
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming
Software Analysis and Design SED210S Introduction to Software Engineering
Introduction Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Computer User Skills
Project Management PTM210S None
Semester 4
Internet Technology INT220S Object Oriented Programming
User Interface Design UID220S None
Software Quality and Testing SQT220S Introduction to Software Engineering
Database Programming DBP220S Introduction to Databases 1B
Statistics 1B SIT121S None
213
Third Year
Semester 5
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Technology
Software Engineering 2 SEN311S Software Analysis and Design
Software Quality and Testing
Project Management
Database Application Development DBD310S Database Programming
Process Management PMT310S
Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Computer Organisation &
Computer Hardware
Semester 6
Software Development Project in
Industry (Experiential Learning) SEP320S ND (IT)
Electives (choose any two):
Database Administration DSA320S Introduction to Databases 1B
Database Programming
Component Based Development CBD320S Object Oriented Programming
Any other course on NQA Level 7 (with appropriate credits) from any other study
programme as approved by HOD: SE.
NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 5 and a project in
industry has to be passed between semester 3 and 6 as well as 2 electives of choice.
214
SCHOOL OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Head of Department : Salomo Mbai, National Diploma Agric. (Neudamm),
B.Tech Agric. (Pretoria), B.Agric Hons (UFS), M.Agric
(UFS)
Secretary : Illony De Voss, Dip. Executive Secretary (PoN)
Telephone No. : +264 61 207 2141
Fax No. : +264 61 207 2143
E-mail : agriculture@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Mogos Teweldemedhin, B.A in Business and
Economics-Accouinting, B.Agric. Hons (UFS), M.Agric.
(UFS)
: Alexander Meroro, M.Sc. (Agric. Dev.) (London)
: Lucia Kafidi, M.Sc. (Agric. Ed.) (Oklahoma State)
: Ibo Zimmermann, M.Sc. (Pretoria)
: Richard Terence Kamukuenjandje, B.Sc. Tropical
Agriculture (Kassel) M.Sc. in Ecological Agriculture
(Kassel)
: Hilma R Amwele, M.Tech. in Agricultural Management
(NMU)
: Grace Kangueehi, B.Sc. (Agric.) Crop Science
(UNAM), M.Sc. (Agric.) Horticulture (Stellenbosch)
215
DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION
Head of Department : Willem Jankowitz, H.E.D., Ph.D (UOFS)
Secretary : Illony de Voss, Diploma Executive Secretary (PON)
Telephone number : +264 61 207 2141
Fax number : +264 61 207 2143
E-mail address : idevoss@polytechnic.edu.na
naturecon@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Louise Theron, B.Sc. (Hons) (Potchefstroom),
H.E.D. (UNISA)
: Marietjie de Klerk, B.Sc., H.E.D. (UP), B.Ed. (UNISA),
M.Sc. (Surrey)
: Barbara Curtis, M.Sc. (Zoology) (UCT)
: Shirley Bethune, M.Sc. (Limnology)(Rhodes)
: Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. (Resource
Conservation Biology) (WITS)
: Willem Adank, Dip. Agric. (Neudamm), ND Nature
Conservation (TSA), B.Tech Nature Conservation
(PoN)
: Dave Joubert, M.Sc. (Conservation Biology), H.E.D.
(UCT)
216
DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Charl-Thom Bayer, M.Geoinformatics (ITC), B.Sc.
Hons. Surveying (UCT)
Telephone Number : 061-207 2121
E-mail Address : cbayer@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Ester Nangolo
Telephone Number : +264 61 207 2483
Fax Number : +264 61-207 2196
E-mail Address : enangolo@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Frikkie Louw, M.Env. Dev. LIM (UKZN), National
Diploma Surveying (Cape Tech)
Academic Staff : Nalumino Akakandelwa, Adv. Dip. Financial Services:
Property Finance - Institute of Bankers (South Africa),
MPhil: Land Economy (Cambridge), B.Sc. Land
Economy (CBU)
: Vera de Cauwer, M.Sc. Bioscience Engineering (UG),
M.Sc. Tropical Forestry (ENGREF), Ed Degree (UG)
: Samuel Hayford, M.Sc. Geo-information Management
(ITC), B.Sc. Land Economy (UST)
: Amin Issa, M.Sc. GIS for Cadastre (ITC), Post Grad.
Dip. GIS Cadastre (ITC), Adv. Dip. LMV (UCLAS)
John Kangwa, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying (East London),
M.Sc. Geography (UNZA)
: Jacques Korrubel, Masters in Town and Regional
Planning (UOFS), B. Admin (Urban Geography)
(UOFS)
: Nadine Korrubel. Masters Town and Regional
Planning (UOFS), BA (Stellenbosch)
: Joe Lewis, M.Sc. Geoinformatics, PM GIS (ITC), B.Sc.
Survey (UCT), B.Eng. Industrial-Mechanical,
(Stellenbosch)
: Taruwona Makaza, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying
Engineering (Canada)
: Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. Resource Conservation Biology
(WITS), B.Sc. Botany & Zoology (UNAM)
: Brian Mhango, M.Sc. (Aberdeen), M.Sc.
(Wageningen-Enschede), PG Dipl.(ITC-Enschede),
Dipl. Eng. (UNZA).
: Alex Mudabeti, M. Geoinformatics, (ITC), The
Netherlands, B.Tech., Dipl. Land Management (LIS),
Cert. Land Measuring (PoN)
: Sebastian Mukumbira, B.Sc. Applied Physics (Hons)
(NUST), CCNA
: Lameck Mwewa, LEAD Fellow, M.Sc. Geoinformatics,
(ITC), B.Eng. Land Surveying (UNZA)
: Emma Nangolo, Ph.D. GIS and Database
Management (Finland), M.Sc. GID (Durham),
B.Sc. Zoology & Botany (UNAM)
: Paulus Nashidengo, National Diploma Land
Surveying (PoN)
: Brand van Zyl, Masters Urban & Regional Planning,
M. Environmental Mngt., BA Urban
217
: David Varges, National Diploma Land Surveying
(PoN)
: Daniel Wyss, Dr. rer. Nat. (FU-Berlin), Diploma in
Geography (University of Hannover)
218
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Diploma in Agricultural Management - Full Time
Bachelor of Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
Bachelor of Technology: Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
Functions
The diploma section of the programme prepares students to venture into farming or
agribusiness, or to become agricultural research or extension technicians to facilitate
sustainable development.
Modes of Delivery
The first 5 semesters of the programme are taken through full time study, four semesters of
which are at the Polytechnic of Namibia while one semester is spent on in-service training
through a work attachment.
Programme Structure
The first 5 semesters of the programme consists of 23 semester courses and a semester of in-
service training, for the Diploma. The in-service training is run in partnership with establishments
where the students gain work experience. The Department of English Communication presents
four of the courses. A proficiency test at registration determines which of these modules a
student slots in to.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Admission
Candidates may be admitted into this qualification if they meet the general Polytechnic of
Namibia admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (or IGCSE) level with at
least 25 aggregate points and comply with the following additional requirements:
• A pass with at least an E-symbol in English at NSSC (or IGCSE) level or HIGCSE level
4 or equivalent, OR placement into an English bridging course through the placement
test
• A pass with at least an E-symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (or IGCSE) or HIGCSE level
4 or equivalent
• Passes with at least an E-symbol in Agriculture, Biology or Science related subjects.
• Mature students with a grade 10 certificate or equivalent, or candidates with foreign
qualifications, with a pass in Numerical and English Proficiency Tests could be
considered
• Must be medically and physically fit for field work, which forms an integral part of the
programme
• Candidates will be expected to demonstrate proficiency with computers (word
processing, spreadsheets, internet use) OR complete a bridging course in basic
computer use.
Examination Requirements
In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be on the basis of a semester mark and examination mark, for Diploma
courses.
219
For determining the combined final mark of Diploma courses, the ratio of semester mark to
examination mark shall be 70:30 for the agricultural courses of the Diploma program. The
semester mark is determined by continuous assessment of a student’s achievement by means
of tests and/or assignments/tutorials/seminars/practicals/projects. A written examination for
a course consists of 1 paper of 3 hours. A candidate will gain admission to the examination
of a course if s/he attains a semester mark of at least 50 %. The exception amongst the
agricultural courses is Basic Computer Use, which has a practical test in place of a written
examination. For information about the four English courses presented by the Department
of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the School of
Communication, Legal & Secretarial Studies.
Promotion Policy
There are three exit levels for the Bachelor Honours, one at the Diploma, after 5 semesters of
full time study, and the other at the Bachelor in Agricultural Management after 7 semesters.
The last exit level is after 9 semesters with a Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours.
As in the general regulations, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an overall final mark of
at least 50 % per course, with a sub minimum of 40% for the examination.
Practicals
Apart from weekly practical sessions for most of the Diploma courses, there are also excursions
for some of the courses. To qualify for In-service Training, a student must pass all courses
from the first to the fourth semester except that a student will be allowed to go for In-service
Training if s/he has failed only one course. S/he should however have been admitted to the
examination in that course. Exemptions from this rule are subject to the approval of the Board
of Studies, but may only be granted under exceptional circumstances.
Departmental Rule
Students who have passed all the Diploma courses of the previous semesters may not register
for a course that is scheduled for a higher year than their current year, so as to avoid conflicts
with current courses when on excursions. Students who have to repeat one or more courses
may consider registering for a course that is scheduled for a higher year, if it appears likely
that the student will be able to cope with all the courses for which that student registers.
1. The 2009 third year students in the old curriculum who wish to complete the old
curriculum can do so until 2010.
2. When a student fails a phased out course s/he will be required to take up the new
course as per schedule provided above.
3. No retention of semester mark is allowed for phased out courses.
4. For the students that are on the old programme the cut-off date will be the end of 2010
academic year.
220
5. Current graduates of the National Diploma in Natural Resource Management
(Agriculture) will be admitted to the Bachelor in Agriculture programme, and will join
the programme in the sixth or seventh semester, however they are required to take
Business Accounting 1A as a prerequisite for Financial Management (Agriculture) IV.
6. Three courses (Non-ruminant animal husbandry, Agricultural land management and
Agro-ecology) have been removed from the Diploma and are elevated to the Bachelor
in Agriculture qualification while two courses Research Methodology (SNRT) and
Business Accounting 1A have been added to the Diploma level.
7. It is strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from
lecturers before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively.
8. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old
courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until 2010.
9. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new diploma and will obtain
credit on a course-by-course basis.
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
Semester 1
IBI510S Introduction to Biology None
ICA510S Introduction to Chemistry None
BCU110S Basic Computer Use None
LBT4003 Agricultural Mechanization None
LIP411S Language in Practice
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A None
Semester 2
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 None
SSA120S Soil Science (Agriculture) Introduction to Chemistry
(Co-requisite: Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1)
RSC112S Rangeland Science Introduction to Biology
RME410S Research Methodology (SNRT) None
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice
SECOND YEAR
Semester 3
SRH2100 Small Ruminant Husbandry Introduction to Biology
RMN211S Rangeland Management Rangeland Science
AAG2100 Agronomy Introduction to Biology & Soil
Science
AEC2100 Agricultural Economics Introduction to Mathematics
Module 1
(Recommended)
ACS220S Agricultural Statistics Introduction to Mathematics
Module 1
Semester 4
LRH2200 Large Ruminant Husbandry Introduction to Biology
LBT4001 Agricultural Extension Language in Practice B
221
HCT3200 Horticulture Introduction to Biology & Soil
Science
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
ABM322S Agribusiness Management Co-requisite: Agricultural
Economics
THIRD YEAR
Semester 5
OPT4101 In-Service Training All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one
course has been failed, for
which the student obtained
admission to the examination.
222
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27BAGR
Functions
The degree section of the programme not only provides opportunities for continued career
education, but also focuses on the attributes that equip high potential entry-level employees
with relevant managerial skills. In particular, it concentrates on improved productivity and
effective management of agricultural and human resources, and finances.
Modes Of Delivery
The Bachelor programme is offered in the block-learning mode with intensive workshops,
which takes two years, or possibly one year if the student is not employed.
Programme Structure
The Degree section of the programme comprises of semester courses. There are seven
compulsory courses in the sixth semester, with an elective course out of Sustainable
Animal Production or Sustainable Plant Production or Community-Based Natural Resource
Management. The seventh semester has five compulsory courses, with an elective course
out of Principles of Critical Thinking or Professional Communication. There are at least three
contact sessions per semester. In addition, those students who have not passed a computer
course will need to take Computer User Skills (CUS0100) in order to fulfil the curriculum
requirements for the programme.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Admission
Candidates for the Bachelor of Agricultural Management may be admitted into this qualification
if they have received a National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture) from
the Polytechnic of Namibia or an equivalent qualification of at least 200 credits, with a pass
of at least 60 % overall. For information about the two English courses presented by the
Department of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the
School of Communication, Criminal Justice and Legal Studies.
Examination Requirements
In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be 100 % continuous assessment for the Bachelor in Agriculture. The
combined final mark of Degree courses is determined by continuous assessment of a student’s
achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/oral presentations/practicals/projects.
Promotion Policy
Students will be admitted into the Bachelor programme if they have completed the Diploma.
223
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27BAGR
CURRICULUM
Semester 6
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
FTE610S Food Technology None
SAM410Y Strategic Agribusiness Management None
ACM720S Agricultural Marketing None
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
MRI321S Marketing Research and Market Agricultural Economics &
Intelligence Agribusiness Management
Plus either ONE of the following single courses (for the first two listed) or pair (for the
last listed)
Fourth Year
Semester 7
NRH620S Non-Ruminant Husbandry None
AGE720S Agroecology None
ALM620S Agricultural Land Management None
FMA411A Financial Management (Agriculture) IV Business Accounting 1A
RSO610S Rural Sociology None
224
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT) 70BLAN
(OLD PROGRAMME)
(Phasing out at the end of 2010 and there will be no new enrollments in 2010)
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
SSA120S Soil Science (Agriculture) Agricultural Science
(Agricultural Calculations
recommended)
BAP120S Basic Animal Production None
RSC112S Rangeland Science Basic Plant Production
ECM0200 Language in Practice A Principles of Language Use
Semester 4
LRH2200 Large Ruminant Husbandry Basic Animal Production
LBT4001 Agricultural Extension Language in Practice B
ALM2200 Agricultural Land Management Soil Science
ECM0400 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
225
Semester 6
ABM322S Agribusiness Management Agricultural Economics
HCT3200 Horticulture Basic Plant Production and
Soil Science (Agriculture)
NRH3200 Non-Ruminant Husbandry Basic Animal Production
AAC3200 Agroecology Rangeland Management and
Agricultural Land Management
Compulsory courses
FMA411A Financial Management (Agriculture) IV None
SAM410Y Strategic Agribusiness Management None
RME410Y Research Methodology (SNRT) None
226
DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) - Full-time
National Diploma: Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) - Full-time
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation - Distance Education
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management - Distance Education
Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education - Distance Education
Definition
The National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) provides knowledge and skills
to pursue a career as Ranger in the field of Nature Conservation.
The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation focuses on the attributes that will equip
high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research skills. In particular,
the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural
and human resources including finances.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Admission Requirements
A person may be admitted to the National Diploma for instruction and training if s/he meets the
general requirements as decided upon by the Polytechnic of Namibia Senate and complies
with the following additional requirements:
1. S/he passed Biology or a biology-related subject for his/her final school certificate;
2. S/he passed English with a D symbol or equivalent at Grade 12 level.
3. S/he is prepared to undergo a selection programme at his/her own risk.
4. S/he is medically fit. Field and physical work form an integral part of this study
programme.
Admission to the B.Tech. level of the programme is aimed at individuals who have completed
the National Diploma Natural Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field,
with at least one year practical experience and identified high potential for advancement.
Examination Requirements
In addition to the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be on the basis of a semester/year mark and examination mark. Evaluation
will be according to the syllabus description for the different courses/practicals. A semester/
year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations, where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass. For the courses presented for the certificate and
diploma by the Department of Nature Conservation, continuous evaluation, both theoretical
and practical, contributes 70 % to the final mark. A written examination of three hours (one
paper) contributes 30 % to the final mark. The proportion of overall marks allocated to theory
and to practical will correlate with the proportion of time allocated to each.
227
For the theory courses presented for Bachelor of Technology, written assignments contribute
20 % to the final mark. A written examination contributes 80 % to the final mark.
Promotion Policy
In addition to the general regulations of Senate, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an
overall final mark of at least 50 % per course with a sub-minimum of 40 % for the examination
where applicable.
Practicals
The student must undergo compulsory in-service training in the third and sixth semesters of
the programme. A student will not be allowed to do both in-service training sessions in the
same year, or consecutively.
B.Tech. students (year four and five) must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such
practical session with a minimum of 50 %. Students are responsible for their own travel and
accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if provided by the institution. In view of
the prerequisites for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV (Module A),
Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management and Research Methodology
in the same year.
Prerequisites
The prerequisites for in-service training can be found in course codes and prerequisites below.
Any exceptions to this rule are subject to the approval of Senate. Students should have at
least a code 8 driver’s license before going on the second in-service training.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice
PID110S Plant Identification None
NAT5001 Nature Conservation Administration None
NCT110S Nature Conservation Techniques None
(Module A)
Semester 2
NCT120S Nature Conservation Techniques None
(Module B)
NCT130S Nature Conservation Techniques None
(Module C)
NAT5002 Law Enforcement None
RGB111N Computer Usage None
NCA110S Nature Conservation Calculations None
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
228
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: NATURE CONSERVATION 27BNAT
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
NAT0100 Animal Studies 1 None
NAT5100 Plant Studies 1 None
RGB111N Computer Usage None
NCA110S Nature Conservation Calculations None
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice
NAT1100 Nature Conservation Ecology 1 None
Semester 2
NAT0200 Animal Studies 2 Animal Studies 1
NAT5200 Plant Studies 2 None
NAT5002 Law Enforcement None
NAT1200 Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Nature Conservation Ecology 1
NAT4100 Nature Conservation Techniques 1 None
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
YEAR 2
Semester 3
OPT4001 In-Service Training Nature Conservation
Techniques 1
PLUS any 5 of the following:
Animal Studies 1
Animal Studies 2
Plant Studies 1
Plant Studies 2
Nature Conservation Ecology 1
Nature Conservation Ecology 2
Semester 4
NAT0300 Animal Studies 3 Animal Studies 2
NAT2100 Environmental Conservation Nature Conservation Ecology 2
Development
MEE221S Methodology of Environmental Language in Practice B
Education
NAT1300 Nature Conservation Ecology 3 Nature Conservation Ecology 2
NAT4200 Nature Conservation Techniques 2 Nature Conservation
Techniques 1
YEAR 3
Semester 5
NAT5300 Plant Studies 3 Plant Studies 2
NAT4300 Nature Conservation Techniques 3 Nature Conservation
Techniques 2
NAT6003 Aquatic Ecosystem Management None
NRM210S Natural Resource Management Animal Studies 3 &
Nature Conservation Ecology 3
NAT5001 Nature Conservation Administration None
229
Semester 6
OPT4002 In-Service Training All courses of the first
five semesters must have been
passed, or examination
admission obtained.
Exceptions may be approved
by the Departmental Board.
YEAR 4*
RGB111N Computer Usage None
Compulsory courses
PSO411Z Plant Studies IV (Module A) None
RMM451U Resource Management IV (Module A) None
REM531Z Research Methodology None
CVM112Y Conservation Management None
Practical Component
SEM171N Seminar
PRO101N Research Project
BTN001P Practical 1
BTN002P Practical 2
YEAR 5*
PSO421Y Plant Studies IV** (Module B) Plant Studies IV (Module A)
FMN451Z Financial Management I None
(Nature Conservation)
POM191R Management Principles I None
(Nature Conservation)
And any ONE of the following:
RMM461T Resource Management IV** Resource Management IV
(Module B) (Module A)
CBR410Y Community-Based Natural Resource None
Management
Practical Component
BTM003P Practical 3 None
BTN004P Practical 4 (Optional) None
* Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode
only and will extend over two academic years.
** Oral Examination
230
CERTIFICATE: COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 27CNRM
Definition
This certificate focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level practitioners
of community-based natural resource management with relevant managerial and research
skills. The study programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management
of natural and human resources.
Admission Requirements
Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/
degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land
Management and/or any other related field).
Examination Requirements
A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass.
Curriculum
Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic
year. The CBNRM course offered in the Bachelor of Technology (Nature Conservation and
Agricultural Management) programmes is the same as for this certificate and the course will
run concurrently as one course.
Practical
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum
of 50%. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students are
responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if
provided by the institution.
CURRICULUM
231
NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATE 27NEEC
Definition
This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults
who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work.
The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to
become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore
aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies.
Admission Requirements
There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants
must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a
requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people
who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context.
Assessment Requirements
Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on
their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of:
* Draft and final versions of written assignments;
* Group work and presentations; and,
* A portfolio of work.
Evidence of learning will be obtained from students’ assignments, participation in group settings
and critical self-reflection.
CURRICULUM
232
DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
National Technical Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only)
National Technical Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only)
National Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only)
National Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only)
National Diploma: Hospitality Management (Full Time only)
Bachelor of Hospitality Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY)
National Certificate: Travel and Tourism Operations (Full Time only)
National Diploma: Travel and Tourism Management (Full Time only)
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY)
Admission Requirements
Applicants must be able to express a special interest in hospitality management. No specific
skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D pass in English at NSSC Ordinary level
is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as Accounting and Mathematics; as well as
some experience in hospitality would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted
to this programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements of the Polytechnic of
Namibia. (Please refer to the General Admission Requirements in the Prospectus.)
Assessment Strategies
The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment
modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to
facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and
applied knowledge.
To these ends the programme uses several types of assessment. These include:
In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (industrial attachment) all courses of the
first semester (for National Technical Certificate) and five semesters of (the Diploma level)
must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service training if s/he
has failed only one course. For courses with a practical component, practical tests account
for 60 % while theory accounts for 40 % of semester mark. Courses that have an examination
component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester mark should be obtained to gain exam
entrance. Practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory
counts for 40 per cent of the final mark.
233
In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The
In-service training 1 and 3 are executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic
In-service training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Hospitality research project
are executed both on and off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism
Department staff and mainly focuses on observation, data collection, processing, analysis,
interpretation and write up.
Notification
A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn
for the duration of their studies.
The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$2400.00 that is payable directly after
registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the
Department of Hospitality and Tourism.
The internship requirements of Hospitality students should be noted as 25 hours per week
subject to business volume.
The programme covers a spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality
delivery of customer service. This is supported by practical knowledge of food production
and food and beverage service. Practical training is strongly supported by a well equipped
training kitchen as well as a commercial kitchen at the Polytechnic Hotel School. In addition,
the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a hospitality enterprise.
This provides them with ‘’hands-on training” in a real life situation and thus prepares them
adequately for employment as junior cooks, bar tenders, or food and beverage servers.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisites
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Industry
FPT110S Food Production Theory and Practice None
SSF1100 Safety, Security and First Aid None
FBS110S Food and Beverage Service None
CSH110S Customer Service in hospitality None
Industry
Semester 2
HFB120S Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) Food Production
(Food and Beverage Operations)
234
NATIONAL TECHNICAL CERTIFICATE: ROOMS DIVISION OPERATIONS 27CRDO
Definition
National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations: The programme covers a
spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality delivery of customer
service. This is supported by practical knowledge of House Keeping and Laundry Service,
Front Office Operations and Hotel Information Systems. Practical training is strongly supported
by the Polytechnic Hotel School with accommodation facilities, a front office equipped with
modern reservation systems, a laundry and conference facilities. The Hotel School is also
equipped with a computer laboratory offering students hotel reservations training programs. In
addition, the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a commercial
hospitality enterprise. This provides them with ‘’hands-on training” in a real life situation and
thus prepares them adequately for employment as front office, house keeping and customer
service personnel.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Industry
HKL110S House Keeping and Laundry None
SSF1100 Safety, Security and First Aid None
FOO220S Front Office Operations None
BIS311S Basic Hotel Information Systems None
CSH110S Customer Service in the Hospitality None
Industry
Semester 2
HRD120S Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) Food Production
(Rooms Division Operations)
235
BACHELOR OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 27BHMN
Definition
The programme comprises of a series of courses leading to specific competencies and has
multiple exit points that include:
National Certificate in either Food and Beverage Operations or Rooms Division Operations
National Diploma in Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Hospitality Management.
The programme includes all courses covered in the first semester of the National Technical
Certificates depending on the option a student may select. At this level apart from emphasis
on technical skills and quality delivery of customer service, there is also an emphasis on
written and verbal communication skills, basic computer and accounting skills. The students
are therefore expected to take additional courses in English language, a foreign language,
Business Accounting, and Computer Skills. In addition, the student must complete 11.2
credit hours of hotel practice at the commercial sector of the Hotel School. The hotel practice
exposes students to real life situations and thus prepares them for employment should they
wish to exit at this level.
The major outcomes of the National Certificates are the same as those of the national technical
certificates. The students are however expected to demonstrate adequate communication skills
in handling everyday on the job situations when interacting with visitors; have a fair accounting
ability, and show capacity to multi-task.
The National Diploma qualification builds on the National Certificate in Food and Beverage
Operations and National Certificate in Rooms Division. In the second year of their study, in
the third semester the students are expected to complete all major courses within the two
options; i.e. if a student has achieved a National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations
s/he must complete the major courses in Rooms Division Operations.
At the Bachelor’s level, the students are exposed to higher analytical skills and knowledge
within the management domain. Focus is on service organisation. Courses such as Strategic
Management, Hospitality Operations Management, Human Resources Management, Strategic
Marketing, Developing and Managing Small Properties, Financial Management and Research
provide students in their final year with an opportunity to examine and be challenged by
theories and practices impacting on middle to high-level managers. The programme is aimed
at equipping students with the necessary advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills
necessary for upper-level managerial jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional
managers. The students may also opt to develop and run their own hospitality businesses.
CURRICULUM
236
Plus any ONE of the following languages:
GER110S Basic German 1A None
BAF111S Basic French 1A None
BAP111S Basic Portuguese 1A None
BAS111S Basic Spanish 1A None
Semester 2
HFB120S Hotel Practice (PON) Food Production
(Food and Beverage Operations)
Course Work:
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
HTA110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Accounting
RGB111N Computer Usage None
Semester 2
HRD120S Hotel Practice (PON) Food Production
(Rooms Division Operations)
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
HTA110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Accounting
RGB111N Computer Usage None
237
YEAR 2
Semester 3: For those with National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations
HKL110S House Keeping and Laundry None
FOO220S Front Office Operations None
BIS311S Basic Hotel Information Systems None
MAR110S Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism) None
EMN201S Events Management None
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
Course Work
HRM110S Human Resource Management 1 None
(Hotel & Tourism)
FCT2400 Financial Control 1 Introduction to Hospitality and
Tourism Accounting
YEAR 3
Semester 5
Code Course Title Prerequisite
RDM2400 Rooms Division Management None
FBM3500 Food and Beverage Management None
HTL310S Hospitality and Tourism Law None
SMS310S Supervisory and Management Skills None
PFC0620 Professional Communication Communication Skills
SSF1100 Safety, Security and First Aid None
Semester 6
HMP320S Hotel Management Practice Pass in all major courses (exceptions
(Industrial Attachment) may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
238
YEAR 4
(Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode
only.)
Semester 7
Code Course Title Prerequisite
RME410S Research Methodology None
HOM410S Hospitality Operations Management Rooms Division Management/Food
& Beverage Management
SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality None
and Tourism
MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Human Resource Management 1
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations (Hospitality and Tourism)
Semester 8
FMH420S Financial Management for Hospitality Financial Control 1
and Tourism
DMH420S Developing and Managing Small Rooms Division Management &
Hospitality Property Food and Beverage Management &
Strategic Mgt. In Hospitality and
Tourism & Mgt. Human Resources in
Hospitality and Tourism
SHT420S Strategic Marketing for Hospitality Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
and Tourism
HRP420S Hospitality Research Project Research Methodology
239
BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT 27BTTM
Definition
The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management programme is designed to prepare graduates
for self-employment or professional careers in public and private sector organisations concerned
with tourism. The core courses provide the knowledge and basic skills required in the broad
business environment, while the management stream extends and reinforces these foundations
as they apply in the operation of small and medium sized establishments. The tourism stream
provides a more industry-specific focus for the content provided in the business subjects, and
uses an interdisciplinary approach, which views tourism as a form of human behaviour as well
as a business interest.
The programme is intended to provide students with a holistic understanding of the elements
of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural fabric of society, appreciation of
the relationships among the various elements of the industry, as well as the ability to apply
appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations involving travel and tourism.
Students on both the Diploma and Degree programmes follow the same course of study in
the first three years.
Admission Requirements
Prospective students must be able to express a special interest in tourism development. The
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Degree is a four-year academic programme,
with the following exit points:
No specific skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D in English at Ordinary
level is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as History, Geography, Accounting
and Mathematics would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted to this
programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements (Please refer to the General
Admission Requirements in the Prospectus). Holders of the current National Diploma in Travel
and Tourism will be admitted to the Bachelor Degree Programme. However, such students
are required to do Professional Communication if they have not done so before completion
of the Bachelor programme.
Assessment Strategies
The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment
modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to
facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and
applied knowledge
To these ends, this Programme uses several types of assessment. These include:
240
Increasingly, both formative and summative assessments are being administered in an
integrated format. This allows for the strengthening of linkages between courses, as well as
minimising unnecessary duplication of workload for the individual student.
In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (Tourism Practice) all courses of the
five semesters must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service
training if s/he has failed only one course.
For courses that have an examination component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester
mark should be obtained to gain exam entrance. During the third year (final year of the Diploma
Programme) practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory
counts for 40 per cent of the final mark.
In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The
In-service training is executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic In-service
training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Tourism Project are executed both on and
off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism Department staff and mainly
focusing on observation, data collection, processing, analysis, interpretation and write up
(Guidelines in reference to the DACUM recommendations).
Notification
A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn
for the duration of their studies.
The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$ 2400.00 that is payable directly after
registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the
Department of Hospitality and Tourism.
241
BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT 27BTTM
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
TOG111S Tour Guiding 1 None
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality & None
Tourism Industry
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A
Semester 2
RGB111N Computer Usage None
TOG211S Tour Guiding 2 Tour Guiding 1
EDT120S Economic Development of the None
Tourism Industry
HTA110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Accounting
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
YEAR 2
Semester 3
MAR110S Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) None
EMN201S Event Management None
ENT201S Entrepreneurship None
PRT201S Public Relations for Tourism Communication Skills
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
Semester 4
FCT2400 Financial Control 1 Introduction to Hospitality &
Tourism Accounting
HRM110S Human Resources Management 1 None
(Hospitality & Tourism)
UTO220S Urban Tourism None
PFC0620 Professional Communication Communication Skills
242
And any ONE of the following:
TDM202S Tourism Destination Management 2 Tourism Operations
TTP211S Travel Theory & Practice 2 Travel Theory & Practice 1
YEAR 3
Semester 5
SMS310S Supervisory Management Skills None
TLE310S Tourism & Local Economic Development None
HTL310S Hospitality & Tourism Law None
SSF1100 Safety, Security and First Aid None
Semester 6
TIS311S In-Service Training Pass in all major courses (exceptions
may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
YEAR 4
(Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode
only.)
Semester 7
RME410S Research Methodology None
SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality None
& Tourism
TPP410S Tourism Policy & Planning None
MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Human Resources Management 1
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations (Hospitality & Tourism)
Semester 8
EPM420S Ecotourism Planning & Management None
FMH420S Financial Management in Hospitality Financial Control 1
& Tourism
SHT420S Strategic Marketing in Hospitality Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
& Tourism
TRP420S Tourism Research Project Research Methodology
243
DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Certificate in Land Surveying
National Certificate in Land Use Planning
National Certificate in Geo-Information Technology
National Diploma in Land Use Planning
National Diploma in Geo-Information Technology
Bachelor of Technology in Land Management
Bachelor in Geo-Information Technology
Master in Integrated Land Management
244
formal application for a programme, a number of potential students will be selected for a pre-
selection process which takes place just before the registration. Depending on the number of
applicants and the requirements of the respective programme, this pre-selection may consider
the respective final school results only or may (additionally) include a written pre-selection
test or an interview. Applicants from abroad and Mature Age applicants will be selected based
on a separate procedure.
Assessment
Depending on the respective contents and characteristics of the course, the performance of the
students is assessed either by a semester mark plus an (end-of-semester) final examination
mark or by continuous assessment.
The semester mark is based on a minimum of two written tests which may be complemented
by additional tests and/or other assessments such as assignments, practicals, projects etc.
Unless specified otherwise, an average of 50 % must be achieved in the semester mark to be
admitted to the final examination. The final examination at the end of the semester consists of
a written examination of either two or three hours. Unless specified otherwise, the semester
mark is weighted with 40 % and the final examination mark counts for 60 %.
If a course is assessed on the basis of continuous assessment, the course mark of 100 % is
based on a series of assessments which may include: test, assignments, projects, reports
etc. In this case, no final examination is written.
The assessment details for each course are specified in the respective Course Outline which
is given and explained to the students at the beginning of the semester.
Definition
Real property is described as the earth, the land and all natural and man-made hereditaments
(things capable of being inherited such as land and buildings) found permanently attached
thereto. Real property marries the legal concept of ownership with physical description of real
estate and can be further defined as that bundle of rights in property including possession,
control, enjoyment, disposition and others that enhance the inheritable ownership of the land
and everything permanently affixed to it. (Minnie Lush and David Sirota 2003).
The primary aim of the National Diploma and Bachelor of Property Studies programmes is
to train and produce graduates employable respectively at the technical and professional
levels of the property industry. The graduates of the programme will be equipped with skills
in advanced property valuation methods, facilities managerial competence of buildings and
be capable of making sound and well-informed judgments regarding relevant legislation. It
focuses on a comprehensive and analytical understanding of property valuation, property
management, property investment and finance and develops the knowledge and skills to
evaluate and manage real property.
These programmes also aim at developing capacity and human resource need of Namibia in
the real estate sector to facilitate the implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme.
Graduates are employed as assistant valuers in central and local government property offices
and a variety of private businesses.
The degree programme offers graduates who have successfully completed their National
Diploma studies in Land Valuation and Estate Management, or any other equivalent National
245
Diploma, the opportunity to pursue a degree qualification programme in the property profession
at the Polytechnic of Namibia.
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Diploma in Property Studies
Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
Admission Requirements
The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnic’s admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points in five subjects and comply with the following
additional requirements:
• Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics with minimum D symbols
at NSSC (Ordinary) level.
• Candidates may be admitted into any level (module) of Language in Practice but would
be required to advance to Communication Skills by Year 3 Semester 5 if they wish to
complete the National Diploma in Property Studies.
• A pass in Geography with minimum D symbol is highly recommended.
• Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer
Usage).
• Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
BCS120S Building Construction & Services None
VAL120S Valuation 1 Principles of Economics 1A &
Mathematics and Statistics
PDM120S Property Development & None
Marketing 1
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A
Year 2
Semester 3
PPM610S Property Management Building Construction & Services
CML111S Commercial Law 1A None
UBE510S Urban Economics Principles of Economics 1A
VAL210S Valuation 2 Valuation 1
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None
and Management
246
Semester 4
PFN120S Property Finance 1 None
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law 1A
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
Year 3
Semester 5
REP610S Real Estate Practice 1 Property Management, Property
Finance 1 & Valuation 2
PDM220S Property Development & Property Development &
Marketing 2 Marketing 1
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
(Diploma only)
Semester 6
IVE320S In-Service Training Real Estate Practice 1. Not allowed
to repeat or attend classes Full Time)
more than 1 course while doing In-
Service Training.
Admission Requirements
The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnic’s admission
requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects and comply with the following
additional requirements:
• Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics (with minimum D symbols
or better) at NSSC (Ordinary) level or IGCSE or Equivalent.
• A placement in Language in Practice B (LPB0320) according to the English placement
test.
• A pass in Geography (with minimum D symbol or better) is highly recommended.
• Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer
Usage).
Candidates with the National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management from the
Polytechnic with an average of at least 60% may apply for admission into the Bachelor of
Property Studies Honours or may be admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
programme at the discretion of the Department. These category of applicants will be required
to join the Bachelor of Properties Studies Honours in Year 3, Semester 6.
These applicants, if admitted, will qualify to be awarded the Bachelor degree of Property
Studies Honours after successful completion of the following courses:
• Building Economics
• Business Accounting 1A
• Computer Applications to Real Estate
• Property Investment
• Valuation Casework
• Research Methodology
• Land Administration
247
• Project Planning & Management
• Research Project
Polytechnic students pursuing the existing National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate
Management (or the ND in Property Studies) may apply for the Bachelor of Property Studies
Honours programme. Such a student will be required to have passed all courses up to Year 2
Semester 4 with a minimum average of 60 % and must have scored at least 60% in Valuation
2, Property Finance 1 and Property Management (Estate Management 1). Courses completed
under the National Diploma will be credited, but students will be required to complete all
outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
qualification.
Progression Rule
Participants admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme would be
required to have passed all courses up to Year 2, Semester 4 with a minimum average score
of 60 % and must have scored at least 60 % in Valuation 2, Property Finance 1 and Property
Management to be eligible to proceed to Semester 5 of the Bachelor of Property Studies
Honours programme.
Participants who are unable to achieve this requirement will be required to join the National
Diploma in Property Studies in semester 5. In such a case the student will be required to
register for Urban Economics in addition to Property Development and Marketing 2, Real
Estate Practice 1 and Communication Skills in the Year 3, Semester 5.
NB - Participants who meet this progression requirement and thus become eligible for the
Bachelor of Property Studies will be required to notify the Faculty Officer in writing for the
progression to be formalised. This also applies to participants who will be required to join the
ND in Property Studies in semester 5 for failure to meet the progression requirement.
Table of Credits
Graduates with existing National Diploma qualification in Land Valuation and Estate
Management who enrol in the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours may apply to be granted
credit for courses completed as set out in the table below, but will be required to complete all
outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of the programme.
Credit is allowed only for courses that substantially have the same content as courses which
are part of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours.
248
BACHELOR OF PROPERTY STUDIES HONOURS 27BPRS
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
BCS120S Building Construction & Services None
VAL120S Valuation 1 Principles of Economics 1A &
Mathematics and Statistics
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Introduction to Geospatial Data
Mapping
PDM120S Property Development & None
Marketing 1
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A
Year 2
Semester 3
PPM610S Property Management Building Construction & Services
CML111S Commercial Law 1A None
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
VAL210S Valuation 2 Valuation 1
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None
and Management
Semester 4
PFN120S Property Finance 1 None
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
LTX220S Land Taxation None
PEC112S Principles of Economics 1B None
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law 1A
Year 3
Semester 5
Compulsory Courses
PDM220S Property Development & Property Development &
Marketing 2 Marketing 1
UBE510S Urban Economics Principles of Economics 1A
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Introduction to Databases 1B
249
Semester 6
BEC620S Building Economics Principles of Economics 1B &
Building Construction & Services
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A None
FCM820S Facilities Management Property Management
CAR820S Computer Applications to Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Real Estate Land Information Systems
PPI820S Property Investment Property Finance 1
VAC520S Valuation Casework None
Year 4
Semester 7
VAL310S Valuation 3 Valuation 2
RME410S Research Methodology None
PFN310S Property Finance 2 Property Finance 1
LAD410S Land Administration Land Tenure Systems
PPM411S Project Planning & Management None
REP810S Real Estate Practice 2 Facilities Management,
Co-requisite: Property Finance 2 &
Valuation 3
Semester 8
ISB720S In-Service Training (7 weeks) Co-requisite: Research Project
RPB820S Research Project (8 weeks) Real Estate Practice 2
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
250
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND VALUATION AND ESTATE MANAGEMENT 27DVEM
(Phasing out from 2010 till 2014)
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics & Statistics &
Computer Usage
BCS120S Building Construction & Services None
VAL120S Valuation 1 Principles of Economics 1A &
Mathematics and Statistics
PDM120S Property Development & None
Marketing 1
LIS 120S Land Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A &
Land Management 1
Semester 4
EMM220S Estate Management 2 Estate Management 1
LRR120S Land Reform and Resettlement None
PEC 112S Principles of Economics 1B Principles of Economics 1A
ISS120S Infrastructure and Services None
PFN120S Property Finance 1 None
LTX220S Land Taxation None
251
DPV310S Diploma Project All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one course
has been failed for which the student
obtained admission to the
examination
Semester 6
IVE320S In-Service Training Diploma Project
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
Students who failed Land Management 1 (LMM110S) in 2009 must switch to the new National
Diploma in Property Studies Curriculum.
252
LAND ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMMES
(Offered FULL-TIME only)
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Certificate in Land Administration
Diploma in Land Administration
Bachelor of Land Administration
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the General Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE pass in
Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency
test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considered for
admission to this programme.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data
Mapping
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law 1A
DRL120S Deeds Registration Law 1 None
IGE420S Introduction to Geography None
Transition Arrangements
Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not
successfully complete their first year of studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land
Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required
to complete all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification. However, if
the student continues to study beyond the Certificate in Land Administration, credits for courses
completed under ND: Land Administration will be granted accordingly.
Students who want to transfer from the Certificate to the Bachelor of Land Administration
must have passed all certificate courses and apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land
Administration. Courses completed under the Certificate will be credited but students will be
required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Land
Administration qualification.
253
Credit Recognition
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics and Statistics &
Computer Usage
LRT110S Land Registration and Tenure None
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
DRL120S Deeds Registration Law 1 None
LIS120S Land Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LLM120S Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Managers 1A
GRF110S Generic Registration for None
Flexible Land Tenure
254
LRR120S Land Reform and Resettlement None
LTX220S Land Taxation None
DRL220S Deeds Registration Law 2B Deeds Registration Law 2A &
Law for Land Management 2
Year 3 (Not available from 2012)
Semester 5
LTM310S Land Tenure Management 3 Land Tenure Management 2A & 2B
OMP310S Organisational Mgt. and Practice None
ENT321S Entrepreneurship None
DPL310S Diploma Project (LMR) All courses of the first four
semesters,unless only one course
has been failed for which the student
obtained admission to the
examination.
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
Semester 6
IMR320S In-Service Training (LMR) Diploma Project (LMR)
Transition Arrangements
The courses in the old curriculum that are to be discontinued can be replaced by the following
courses.
255
DIPLOMA IN LAND ADMINISTRATION 27DLAD
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an IGCSE pass in
Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency
test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
IGE420S Introduction to Geography None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geo-Spatial
Data
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law
DRL120S Deeds Registration Law 1 None
Year 2
Semester 3
LMV210S Land Markets and Valuation None
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Co-requisite: Computer
Usage
LLA610S Law for Land Administration 2 Law for Land Admin. 1
RLT610S Rural Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL610S Deeds Registration Law 2 Deeds Registration Law 1
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
Semester 4
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geo. Info. Systems 1,
Intro. to Geospatial Data
URT620S Urban Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL720S Deeds Registration Law 3 Deeds Registration Law 2,
Law for Land Admin. 2
CMT620S Conflict Management Communication Skills
LAP720S Land Administration Project Completion of all courses
from semester’s 1, 2 and 3.
256
Year 3
Semester 5
IMR320S In-Service Training Completion of all courses
from semester’s 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Transition Arrangements
Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not
successfully complete their first year studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land
Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required
to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of this qualification.
Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not
successfully complete their studies but choose to migrate to the Diploma in Land Administration
will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete
all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification.
Students who want to transfer from the Diploma to the Bachelor in Land Administration may
apply for entry into the Bachelor in Land Administration. Courses completed under the Diploma
will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the
requirements of the Bachelor in Land Administration qualification.
Credit Recognition
257
BACHELOR OF LAND ADMINISTRATION 27BLAD
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects with a C in Mathematics (or 4
at HGCSE/NSSC H), and an A in English (or 4 at HGCSE/NSSC H) or students must write an
English proficiency test and test into Communication Skills (CSK0420), B in Geography (or 4
at HGCSE/NSSC H), Pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage OR Pass in the
following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and
Statistics and Introduction to Geography.
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage/ Admission to B LA
PEC112S Principles of Economics 1B None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law 1A
DRL120S Deeds Registration Law 1 None
YEAR 2
Semester 3
LMV210S Land Markets and Valuation None
LLA610S Law for Land Administration 2 Law for Land Administration 1
RLT610S Rural Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL610S Deeds Registration Law 2 Deeds Registration Law 1
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS 1, Intro to Databases 1B
UBE510S Urban Economics Principles of Economics 1A
Semester 4
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 1,
Introduction to Geospatial Data
URT620S Urban Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL720S Deeds Registration Law 3 Deeds Registration Law 2,
Law for Land Administration 2
CMT620S Conflict Management Communication Skills
STL620S Sectional Title Legislation Land Tenure Systems
OMP310S Organizational Management None
and Practice
258
YEAR 3
Semester 5
RME410S Research Methodology None
LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions Urban Economics, Urban Land
Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt
LAD410S Land Administration Urban Economics, Urban Land
Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt
RDP411S Regional Development Planning Urban Economics, Urban Land
Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt
Semester 6
RPA720S Research Project Research Methodology, Land
Policies and Institutions, Land
Admin, Regional Dev Planning
ISL720S Information Systems Law GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions
GSI720S Governance and SI management GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions
Land Administration
OIL420S Optimisation of the Integrated Land GIS 2, Land Policies and stitutions
& Management Process Land Administration
* The in-service training may be started after the completion of all course work for a period of
nine weeks. The student may also choose to embark on in-service training for three periods
of at least three weeks during the annual summer holiday period after completion of each
year of study.
Transition Arrangements
Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Administration to the Bachelor of Land
Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in the following
NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and Statistics
and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND will be credited
but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of
the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.
Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Management and Registration to the Bachelor
in Land Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in
the following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths
and Statisticss and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND
will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the
requirements of the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.
259
Course Completed Course Credited
(NC and ND Land Mangement and (Bachelor of Land Administration)
Registration)
Land Management 1 None
Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems
Land Registration and Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems
Land Reform and Resettlement Land Tenure Systems
Law for Land Managers 1A Commerical Law 1A
Law for Land Managers 1 Law for Land Administration 1
Law for Land Managers 2 Law for Land Administration 2
Land Tenure Management 2A Urban Land Tenure Management 1
Land Tenure Management 2B Rural Land Tenure Management 1
Land Use Planning 1, Introduction to Land Use Planning and
Urband Planning and Development Management
Land Management 2 Urban Economics
Adjudication and Dispute Resolution Conflict Management
260
LAND USE PLANNING PROGRAMMES
(Offered FULL-TIME only)
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
National Certificate: Land Use Planning
National Diploma: Land Use Planning
Bachelor of Technology: Land Management
Definition
Land use planning is the statutory activity of directing and controlling all land use changes in an
administrative area (Municipality, District, Region, Province) by segmenting the area into zones
and designating a planning instrument to each zone. Land Use Zoning (LUZ) is the American
variety of Land Use Planning (LUP). Town & Country Planning is the British equivalent also
used in several southern African countries. Regional Planning, Town & Regional Planning
and Physical Planning are sub sets of LUP in other countries.
By definition Land Use Planning is the art and science of assigning different parcels of land
to different and competing uses, so that equity, compatibility, economy and aesthetics are
achieved. Planning however is one thing and implementation is another. The broader concept
of creating a plan as well as ensuring that the plan is implemented is referred to as Land Use
Management.
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in
Mathematics and English or students must write an English Proficiency Test and test into
Communication Skills (CSK0420).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Pre-requisite
RGB111N Computer Usage None
MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None
BEC110S Basic Ecology None
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None
and Management
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A
Year 1
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
TTS511S Tools and Techniques None
NRT120S Natural Resource Management 1 Basic Ecology
CBL120S Community Based Land Use None
Management 1
261
ISS120S Infrastructure and Services None
LEE210S Local Livelihoods and Economic Co-requisite: Land Tenure
Development Systems
Transition Arrangements
Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed
all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course
as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity
(special examination) to do so. Should a student then have failed to successfully complete
a course, the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as
indicated in the table below:
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in
Mathematics and English or students must write an English proficiency test and test into
Communication Skills (CSK0420).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
RGB111N Computer Usage None
MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics None
CBL120S Community Based Land Use None
Management 1
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None
BEC110S Basic Ecology None
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None
and Management
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A
Year 1
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
TTS511S Tools and Techniques None
NRT120S Natural Resource Management 1 Basic Ecology
ISS120S Infrastructure and Services None
LEE210S Local Livelihoods and Economic Co-requisite: Land Tenure
Development Systems
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
262
Year 2
Semester 3
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage &
Introduction to Geospatial Data
RES110S Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Geospatial Data
LMV210S Land Markets and Valuation None
LUP210S Land Use Planning 2 Introduction to Land Use Planning
and Management
PTH210S Planning Theory 1 Co-requisite: Land Use Planning 2
NRT210S Natural Resource Management 2 Natural Resource Management 1 &
Mathematics and Statistics
Year 2,
Semeter 4
PTH220S Planning Theory 2 Planning Theory 1
NRT220S Natural Resource Management 3 Natural Resource Management 2
LUP220S Land Use Planning 3 Land Use Planning 2
UPD120S Urban Planning and Development Land Tenure Systems &
Introduction to Land Use Planning
and Management
LIF220S Legal and Institutional Framework None
LDR210S Layout Drafting Co-requisite: Planning Theory 2
Year 3
Semester 5
ENT321S Entrepreneurship None
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
DPL320S Diploma Project All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one course
has been failed for which the student
obtained admission to the exam.
Year 3
Semester 6
ILU310S In-service Training Diploma Project
Transition Arrangements
Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed
all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course
as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity
(special examination) to do so. Should a student then failed to successfully complete a course
the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as indicated
in the table below.
263
Land Management 2 Land Markets and Valuation
Geoinformatics 2 Remote Sensing 1
For decades the central social and political issue in Southern Africa has been access to land.
The recent democratisation in Namibia and RSA and in other Southern African countries has
resulted in new constitutional provisions, new laws and new policies on land. Consequently
land managing institutions face an immense task to implement land reform. At the same time
the new democracies in Southern Africa lack a good cadre in all segments of society and in
particular in Land Management.
The Bachelor of Technology in Land Management also aims at preparing graduates for further
education at professional/academic level.
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the following requirements:
Relevant National Diplomas considered for admission to the Bachelor of Technology in Land
Management. For these diplomas specific bridging courses will be required to meet the
competency requirements for the Bachelor of Technology:
• ND in Land Management
• ND in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture or Nature Conservation)
• ND in Land Surveying
• ND in Urban/Rural Planning
• ND in Land Use Planning
NOTE: Decision on the relevance of the ND and the bridging courses that will be required,
is at the discretion of the Land Management Department in consultation with the Registrar’s
Office.
264
Specific competency requirements:
• Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Use Planning level/equivalent to Semesters 3
+ 4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Use Planning.
OR
• Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Surveying level/equivalent to Semesters 3 +
4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying.
YEAR 4
Semester 7
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
Compulsory courses
LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions Land Management 1 &
Land Tenure Systems 1
ESI410S Economic and Social Land Issues Land Management 2
LAD410S Land Administration Land Tenure Systems 1
RME410S Research Methodology None
265
GEOMATICS PROGRAMME
(Offered FULL TIME only)
Definition
The main goal of the Geomatics programme is to prepare students for a career as Geomatics
Professionals, with high level specialist knowledge and skills in the acquisition, processing,
presentation, and management of geospatial data. Graduates from this programme should
be employable in environments ranging from traditional cadastral and engineering surveying,
to mining surveying, GIS, digital cartography, drafting, land registration, etc.
The programme also aims at developing capacity to fulfil the surveying and registration needs
for implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme. This includes aspect of planning,
surveying and registration of rural, communal and urban land.
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Certificate in Land Surveying
National Diploma in Geomatics
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics
Exceptional candidates may apply for exemption from the bridging courses, which will allow
them to complete the B.Sc in Geomatics in a minimum period of three years.
The progression rules for transfer from the National Diploma to the B.Sc in Geomatics, are
as follows:
• If the first year courses Computer Usage, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2, Introduction
to Physics, and Language in Practice B are passed, students can register for the B.Sc in
Geomatics programme in Year 2.
• Students who pass all the above courses except Introduction to Physics and Introduction
to Mathematics Module 2, will be allowed to continue with the National Diploma, but not
the B.Sc programme.
Students who do not meet the full admission requirements for the B.Sc programme, should
be able to complete the National Diploma in Geomatics programme in a minimum period of
three years.
266
CERTIFICATE IN LAND SURVEYING 27CLAS
Admission Requirements
The Certificate in Land Surveying is an exit level qualification for the National Diploma in
Geomatics, and the admission requirements for both qualifications are therefore the same
(refer to the admission requirements for the National Diploma in Geomatics).
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1
SUP520S Surveying Project Co-requisite: Basic Surveying
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying (co-requisite)
267
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN GEOMATICS 27DGEM
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted into the first year of the National Diploma Geomatics programme,
if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following
additional requirements:
• Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation
Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics and English, in NSSC
Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided that no symbol for
the subjects Mathematics and English may be lower than a D on NSSC Ordinary;
OR
• Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject
to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics), as well as gaining entry into
English Language in Practice A.
AND
• Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the
programme.
Note: A pass in the Grade 12 courses Physical Science and/or Geography, or related courses,
is highly recommended, and preference may be given to candidates who have passed
these subjects additional to the above admission requirements.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1
SUP520S Surveying Project Co-requisite: Basic Surveying
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage, Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying (co-requisite)
Year 2
Semester 3
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage, Introduction to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
268
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial
Data (co-requisite)
RES110S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial
Data (co-requisite)
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying
SUR610S Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Basic Surveying
Semester 4
STL620S Sectional Title Legislation Land Tenure Systems
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2, Sectional Title
Legislation (co-requisite)
SUR620S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DTM620S Digital Terrain Modelling Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DCV221S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 &
Introduction to Geospatial Data
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
Year 3
Semester 5
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geoinformatics 1 &
Introduction to Databases 1B
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying & Survey Drafting
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying &
Cadastral Surveying 1
Semester 6
IDG620S In-service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 3, Engineering Surveying,
Cadastral Surveying 2. Not allowed
to repeat or attend classes Full Time
for more than 1 course while doing
In-Service Training.
269
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BGEM
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted into the 3-year B.Sc in Geomatics programme, if they meet
the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following additional
requirements:
• A Grade 12 Certificate (or equivalent), with a combined total of at least 30 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two
examinations, provided that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics and Physical Science
may be lower than an A on NSSC Ordinary (or a 3-symbol at HIGCSE/NSSC Higher);
AND
• 3-Symbol in English Second Language at HIGCSE or NSSC-Higher Level OR 4-symbol
in English First Language at HIGCSE or NSSC Higher OR Placement into the course
Communications Skills through the English Placement Test;
AND
• A pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage (or equivalent);
AND
• Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the
programme.
• Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation
Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and
English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided
that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics, Physical Science and English may be lower
than a D on NSSC Ordinary; OR
• Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject
to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics & Physics), as well as gaining
entry into English Language in Practice A.
AND
• Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the
programme.
NOTE: Candidates who did not do Physical Science in Grade 12 or who got less than a
D-Symbol (NSSC Ordinary) in Physical Science may be admitted into the National
Diploma in Geomatics, but will not be allowed to register for the first year course
Introduction to Physics, and will also not be allowed to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics
programme in Year 2.
Students who registered for the National Diploma in Geomatics in Year 1, may be allowed
to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics programme in Year 2, if they pass the first year courses
Computer Usage, Language in Practice B, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 and
Introduction to Physics
270
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BSGE
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisites
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage &Introduction to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage & Intro to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage & Intro to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Admission to the National Diploma
Management Geomatics Programme
MAT111S Mathematics 1 Intro. to Mathematics Module 2
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
SUP520S Surveying Project Co-requisite: Basic Surveying
SUD420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying (co-requisite)
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
Year 2
Semester 3
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying, Survey Drafting
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying &
Cadastral Surveying 1
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying
SUR610S Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Basic Surveying
GTE710S Geomatics Theory of Errors Mathematics 1 & Surveying 2
Semester 4
STL620S Sectional Title Legislation Land Tenure Systems
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2 & Sectional Title
Legislation (co-requisite)
SUR620S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DTM620S Digital Terrain Modelling Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DCV221S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 &
Introduction to Geospatial Data
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Intro to Mathematics Module 2,
Introduction to Databases 1B
GIS220S Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 1
271
Year 3
Semester 5
OPM310S Organisational Management & Practice None
RES610S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 &
Geoinformatics 2
GES210S Geoinformatics 3 Geoinformatics 2
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Surveying 2
DPG710S Digital Photogrammetry Surveying 2 &
Geomatics Theory of Errors
SUR710S Surveying 4 Surveying 2,
Geomatics Theory of Errors &
Remote Sensing 2 (co-requisite)
Semester 6
ISG620S In-Service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4, Engineering Surveying,
Cadastral Surveying 2,
Geoinformatics 2.
Not allowed to repeat or attend
classes Full Time for more than 1
course while doing In-Service
Training
BPG720S Bachelor Project Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4, Cadastral Surveying 2.
Not allowed to repeat or attend
classes Full Time for more than 1
course while doing the Bachelor
Project.
272
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BSGE
(Extended programme)
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisites
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
SUP520S Surveying Project Co-requisite: Basic Surveying
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying (co-requisite)
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4
HIGCSE (NSSC H) Physical Science
Year 2
Semester 3
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage & Introduction to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying
SUR610S Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Basic Surveying
MAT111S Mathematics 1 Intro. to Mathematics Module 2
Semester 4
STL620S Sectional Title Legislation Land Tenure Systems
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2 & Sectional Title
Legislation (co-requisite)
SUR620S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DTM620S Digital Terrain Modelling Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
273
Year 3
Semester 5
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying &Survey Drafting
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying & Cadastral
Surveying 1
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module
2 & Introduction to Databases 1B
GTE710S Geomatics Theory of Errors Mathematics 1, Surveying 2
Semester 6
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
DCV512S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
GES220S Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 1
OPM310S Organizational Management None
& Practice
Year 4
Semester 7
RES611S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 &
Geoinformatics 2
GES210S Geoinformatics 3 Geoinformatics 2
SUR710S Surveying 4 Surveying 2, Geomatics Theory of
Error & Remote Sensing 2
(co-requisite)
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Surveying 2
DPG710S Digital Photogrammetry Surveying 2 &
Geomatics Theory of Errors
Semester 8
ISG620S In-service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4, Engineering Surveying,
Cadastral Surveying 2,
Geoinformatics 2.
Not allowed to repeat or attend
classes Full Time for more than 1
course while doing In-Service
Training
BPG720S Bachelor Project Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4,
Cadastral Surveying 2.
Not allowed to repeat or attend
classes Full Time for more than 1
course while doing the Bachelor
Project.
Transition Arrangements
Current students registered for the National Diploma in Land Surveying, or graduates with
a National Diploma in Land Surveying (or similar qualification), may be admitted into the
B.Sc. Geomatics programme, subject to the admission requirement of the B.Sc. Geomatics
programme. These students will be granted credit for the courses completed as set out below,
but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of the B.Sc.
in Geomatics.
274
Credit will be granted for courses completed under the old National Diploma Land Surveying,
as follows:
For admission or transfer to the B.Sc Geomatics programme, former or current National Diploma
Land Surveying students need at least a 3-symbol for Mathematics and Physical Science at
HIGCSE/NSSC Higher level (or an A-symbol at IGCSE/NSSC-O level) and a pass in the course
English Language in Practice B (or Placement into the course Communication Skills).
Candidates who do not meet these admission requirements, could improve their Grade 12
marks for Mathematics and Physical Science through various private distance education
institutions (e.g. TUCSIN or NAMCOL), and may be admitted into the B.Sc. programme once
they meet the above requirements.
Exceptional students with a mark of at least 70 % for the National Diploma courses Mathematics
& Statistics for Land Management, Basic Surveying and Adjustment of Observations, may be
admitted into the B.Sc. in Geomatics programme at the discretion of the Department.
275
Considering the credits granted for the courses indicated above, a typical student with a National
Diploma in Land Surveying, admitted into the new B.Sc. Geomatics, will have to complete the
following courses to qualify for the B.Sc. in Geomatics:
Year 1
Remote Sensing 1
Mathematics 1
Organisational Management & Practice
Introduction to Databases 1B
Land Information Systems
Applied Programming 1
Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying)
Digital Terrain Modelling
Geographic Information Systems 2 (GIS2)
Year 2
Mine Surveying
Geomatics Theory of Errors
Remote Sensing 2
Geographic Information Systems 3 (GIS3)
Surveying 4 (Adv. Spatial Data Acquisition)
Digital Photogrammetry
Bachelor Project (Geomatics)
As indicated in above, it would be possible for students who already have a National Diploma in
Land Surveying, to upgrade to a B.Sc Geomatics in a minimum period of two years (excluding
Bridging, e.g. improving Grade 12 marks for Mathematics and Physical Science to allow
Admission to the B.Sc programme).
Existing students who do not complete all courses within the above out-phasing period may
be allowed to follow the following alternative (new) courses, in order to complete their National
Diploma in Land Surveying.
276
Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems
Land Tenure Systems 2 Land Tenure Systems
Land Use Planning 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning and
Management
Geoinformatics 1 Geographic Information Systems 1
Geoinformatics 2 Remote Sensing 1
Land Information Systems 1 Introduction to Databases 1B
Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems
Land Information Systems 3 After 2010, no substitute for this course will be
available. Current students who fail this
course in 2010, may be accommodated on an
‘ad hoc’ basis (e.g. by offering a special block
course to them).
Adjustment of Observations This course is similar to the course Geomatics
Theory of Errors, but the latter course is
offered at a higher level. Repeaters of
the course Adjustment of Observations will be
allowed to attend the classes of Geomatics
Theory of Errors, but will write a special
examination at a lower level (similar to the
course Adjustment of Observations).
Advanced Surveying 2 Surveying 3 AND Digital Terrain Modelling
AND a special Diploma Project (similar to the
Bachelor Project, but with only 14 credits at
NQF Level 6)
All other courses from the current Land Surveying programme, which are not listed above,
will still be available under the new Geomatics or other programmes.
277
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND SURVEYING 27DLAS
(Old Programme - Phasing out 2010)
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics and Statistics &
Computer Usage
LIS610S Land Information Systems Computer Usage
BSV121S Basic Surveying Mathematics and Statistics,
LSM120S Large Scale Mapping Computer Usage
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Mathematics and Statistics
SUP120S Surveying Project Co-requisites: Basic Surveying,
Cadastral, Surveying 1,
Large Scale Mapping
Year 2 (Offered for the last time in 2010)
Semester 3
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying &
Large Scale Mapping
ADO210S Adjustment of Observations Basic Surveying
LIS211S Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems 1 &
Geoinformatics 1
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying &
Cadastral Surveying 1
LMM210S Land Management 2 Land Management 1
AVS210S Advanced Surveying 1 Basic Surveying &
Surveying Project
Semester 4
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework None
GIS220S Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 1
LIS220S Land Information Systems 3 Land Information Systems 2
LTS210S Land Tenure Systems 2 Land Tenure Systems 1
STS220S Sectional Title Surveying Large Scale Mapping &
Basic Surveying
DCV220S Digital Cartography & Visualisation Land Information Systems 2 &
Large Scale Mapping
278
Year 3 (Offered for the last time in 2011)
Semester 5
ENT321S Entrepreneurship None
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
AVS310S Advanced Surveying 2 Engineering Surveying,
Advanced Surveying 1,
Adjustment of Observations &
Cadastral Surveying 2
Semester 6
ICS320S In-Service Training Advanced Surveying 2
(Land Surveying)
Definition
A Geographic Information System (GIS) can be defined as a computerised system that facilitates
the phases of spatial data entry, storage, maintenance, analysis and dissemination. It can be
viewed also in general terms as an information technology that is used to acquire, manage,
interpret, integrate, display, analyse, or otherwise use spatial data to produce spatial products
such as maps [both digital and analogue].
Where as GIS is defined as above, Geoinformatics is viewed as the scientific field that attempts
to understand and integrate different disciplines studying the methods and techniques of
handling spatial information. The discipline that provides the background for the production
of necessary tools required for spatial data handling is called Spatial Information Theory.
Geoinformatics (or Geomatics as the Canadians like to call it) has evolved from just a concept
to a recognized study and professional field.
The overall aim of the programme is to provide the academic training of skilful and competent
labour force for the growing GIS industry in Namibia. The programme aims at providing
participants with the practical and theoretical skills necessary to successfully design, implement
and apply geo-information technologies that can be use as decision supporting tools for spatial
problems. The focus of the programme will be the development of essential practical skills
along side training in fundamental spatial concepts and theory.
Duration
The Bachelor of Geo-information Technology is a 3 years educational programme with the
following exit levels:
• Year 1: National Certificate in Geographic Information Systems
• Year 2: National Diploma in Geo-information Technology
• Year 3: Bachelor Degree in Geo-information Technology.
Admission Requirements
Candidates may be admitted directly into the first year of the BGIT programme if they meet the
general Polytechnic admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (O) level with
at least 25 aggregate points, and comply with the following additional requirements:
• A pass with at least a C symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (O) level or (NSSC (H) 4).
• A pass with at least a C symbol in English at NSSC (O) level, and placement into the new
Communication Skills according to the English Placement Test.
279
• Students who only gain entry into Module 2 or 3 (or its equivalence) may also be admitted,
but will be required to advance to the Communication Skills (or its equivalence) by the
end of their 2nd year of study, if they wish to complete the National Diploma or Bachelor
Degree in GIT.
• A pass with at least a C symbol in Geography OR Physics at NSSC (O) level.
• Proof of competency in basic computer usage.
• Students who meet the general admission requirements but not the above specific
requirements could enter the bridging programme [year zero] to make up the additional
requirements. The following courses need to be passed.
• Mathematics: Students who passed Mathematics at NSSC (O) level with less than a C
symbol need to pass the bridging course Mathematics and Statistics 1 for LM.
• Geography or Physics: Students who did not pass Geography or Physics at NSSC (O)
level with at least a C symbol, need to pass the bridging course Introduction to Physics
and Introduction to Geospatial Data. (Note: All students have to pass the Introduction to
Geospatial Data course, either in Year 0 (for bridging students) or Year 1 (students who
gain entry directly into the first year of the programme).
• Without proof of competency in basic computer usage, the course Computer Usage must
be passed.
• Mature age will not be considered for admission to this programme.
280
BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 07BGIT
(NEW PROGRAMME 2011)
The School of Information Technology (SIT) has replaced the course ‘Introduction to Systems
Administration’ (ISA110S) with the course ‘Operating Systems and Networks’ (ONS120S)
which has approximately 80% equivalence with ISA110S.
The course ‘Database Systems Administration 1’ (DSA410S) will phase-out and be offered for
the last time in 2011. From then on, only the new course ‘Database Administration’ (DSA320S)
will be offered, which has effectively replaced DSA410S already. The new course DSA320S
has the prerequisites ‘Introduction to Databases 1B’ (IDB120S) and ‘Database Programming’
(DBP220S) which are now included in the curriculum. In the event of a student not being able
to successfully pass DSA410S in 2011 he/she will be given up to a 2nd opportunity (special
examination) to do so. From 2012 onwards all students following the old programme will need
to register for DBP220S and DSA320S.
Students following the old programme will register for ‘In-Service-Training’ (IGI310S) in
semester five and the ‘Individual Final Assignment/Bachelor Project’ (PGI320S) in semester
six as laid out in the approved curriculum. From 2014 onwards IGI310S as well as PGI320S
will be replaced by the course ‘GIT in Practice (WIL)’.
All other courses from the current Bachelor Programme in Geoinformation Technology, which
are not listed in the replacement table below, will still be available until 2014:
281
Old courses will not be credited for new courses.
Students who transit to the revised programme in 2011 or at a later stage will need to
register for the following additional courses:
Semester 2
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Introduction to Geospatial
Data, Computer User Skills
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geospatial
Data
DCV512S Digital Cartography Introduction to Geospatial
Data
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice
ISW120S Introduction to Software Engineering None
ICT521S Information Competence None
Year 2, Semester 3
BWC511S Basic Web Cartography Computer User Skills
LIS611S Land Information Systems Geographic Information
Systems 1, Co-requisite
Introduction to Data-bases 1B
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer User Skills
ONS120S Operating Systems and Networks Computer User Skills
SED120S Software Analysis and Design Introduction to Software
Engineering
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Geospatial
Data, Basic Science
282
Semester 4
DBP220S Database Programming Introduction to Databases 1B
GIM612S Geoinformation Management 1 Geographic Information
Systems 1, Remote Sensing 1
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information
Systems 1
WDF220S Web Development Fundamentals Computer User Skills
APR110S Applied Computer Programming Introduction to Mathematics,
Computer User Skills
RES612S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1,
Geographic Information
Systems 1
Year 3
Semester 5
GIP710S GIS Programming Applied Computer
Programming, Geographic
Information Systems 2,
Software Analysis and
Design
GIM711S Geoinformation Management 2 Geoinformation Management 1
GDB611S Geodatabases Introduction to Databases 1B,
Geographic Information
Systems 2
GDG611S Geodemographics Geographic Information
Systems 2
GES711S Geographic Information Systems 3 Geographic Information
Systems 2
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
Semester 6
GSA712S Geostatistical Analysis Geographic Information
Systems 2, Remote Sensing 2
CIS610S Contemporary Issues None
GIP712S GIT in Practice (WIL) All courses up to and
including Semester 4
Elective
DSA320S Database Administration Introduction to Databases
1B, Database Programming
AWG712S Advanced WebGIS Basic Web Cartography,
Web Development
Fundamentals,
Geographic Information
Systems
283
BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 27BGIT
(OLD PROGRAMME)
(Phasing out at end of 2014)
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
BWC511S Basic Web Cartography Computer Usage
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage, co-requisite (LGD)
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
Semester 2
DCV512S Digital Cartography Geographic Information Systems 1
GES611S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Computer Usage
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Mathematics and Statistics
ISW120S Introduction to Software Engineering Computer Usage
WDF220S Web Development Fundamentals Computer Usage
Year 2
Semester 3
GES711S Geographic Information Systems 3 Geographic Information Systems 2
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geographic Information Systems 2 &
Introduction to Databases 1B
RES611S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 & Geographic
Information Systems 1
SED210S Software Analysis and Design Introduction to Software Engineering
ONS120S Operting Systems and Networks Computer Usage
Semester 4
GDG621S Geodemographics Geographic Information Systems 3
GIM620S Geoinformation Management 1 Geographic Information Systems 3 &
Remote Sensing 1
DSA410S Database System Administration 1 Introduction to Databases 1B
GSA620S Geo-Statistical Analysis Geographic Information Systems 2 &
Remote Sensing 2
284
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Software Analysis and Design
(Engineering)
Year 3
Semester 5
IGI610S In-Service Training (BGIT) Remote Sensing 2,
Land Information Systems &
Geographic Information Systems 3
Semester 6
AWG720S Advanced Web GIS Geographic Information Systems 2,
Basic Web Cartography &
Web Development Fundamentals
PCT121S Principles of Critical Thinking Communication Skills
PGI720S Project (BGIT) All courses included up to semester 5
285
CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING
286
Telephone Number : +264 61-207 2081
Fax Number : +264 61-207 2208
E-mail Address (enquiries) : collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na
E-mail Address (assignments) : collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na
Website : www.polytechnic.edu.na/centres/coll/coll.php
VISION STATEMENT
Through pedagogic innovation, the Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning (COLL) seeks to
be internationally recognised and distinguished for the design and delivery of supported open
and distance learning.
In order to provide an effective and efficient student support service, the Centre for Open and
Lifelong Learning (COLL) employs full-time academic staff, drawn from the academic schools
and departments at the Polytechnic, on a part-time basis to offer tutorials and develop quality
assured instructional materials which are delivered through print-based, multi-media and
eLearning methods. The COLL also provide a range of administrative and academic support
services to distance education students through Regional Centres established across the
country.
287
DE1 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Refer to Rule GI2, the general admission regulations and requirements.
DE2 CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING
(a) All written enquiries in connection with your studies at the COLL should be addressed
to:
Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning
Polytechnic of Namibia
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
NAMIBIA
(b) No responsibility is accepted for correspondence that is not directed to the above-
mentioned address.
(c) Enquiries/Letters concerning academic matters, such as problems with the use of
textbooks, tutorial letters and instructional material must be directed to the Coordinator:
Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz Tel: +264 61-207 2203, e-mail: jbritz@polytechnic.
edu.na. Appointments in this regard can also be made directly.
(d) Administrative enquiries with regard to registration, assignments and instructional
material may be directed to the Coordinator: Administrative Support, the Student
Support Officers or the Senior Stores and Dispatch Officer, who may be contacted
through telephone: +264 61-207 2259/2071/2561/2558/2801/2802/2235/2567 or email:
collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na while assignments may be submitted electronically
to collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na (Refer to DE12 (j)).
(e) Correspondence in connection with the library must be directed to the Chief Librarian:
+264 61-207 2092
(f) Correspondence in connection with finances must be directed to +264 61-207 2266
(g) Correspondence in connection with examinations must be directed to +264 61-207
2027/2106
288
Keetmanshoop P.O.Box 1780 Fax: +264 063-222051
Tel: +264 63-221033 email:astuurmann@polytechnic.edu.na
Ongwediva P.O.Box 3335 Fax: +264 65-231277
Tel: +264 65-231276 email: jmatengu@polytechnic.edu.na
: snaanda@polytechnic.edu.na
All prospective students must apply for admission to the Polytechnic of Namibia on
the prescribed application form. Application forms are available on request from the
Office of the Registrar and from Regional Centres. Application forms are also available
on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na. All applications must be
accompanied by the relevant fees. The closing date for all applications is the last
working day in September preceding the year in which admission is sought. Applicants
will be notified as soon as possible after the closing date whether their application
for admission have been successful or not. Registration dates are published in the
289
Polytechnic Prospectus, appear on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic.
edu.na and are advertised in the media. These dates are applicable to all categories
of students.
(a) By signing the registration form, the student inter alia declares that s/he is familiar with the
contents of this Prospectus and the regulations for his/her degree/diploma/certificate,
and that s/he undertakes to strictly obey all rules and regulations of the Polytechnic.
(ii) In the case of previously registered students, the student retains the existing student
number allocated to him/her the first time s/he registered. THIS NUMBER MUST
BE INDICATED ON HIS/HER REGISTRATION FORM. A new number will not be
issued. Students must indicate the proposed qualification on the registration form. If
this qualification is not indicated, the registration form will be regarded as incomplete,
leading to possible disqualification of registration.
(iii) Instructional material will be posted via Regional Centres where applicable. If
instructional material is not received within two weeks of application for registration
and if no further communication is received from the COLL, the local post office and
Regional Centres must be contacted before the COLL is contacted.
(v) Duplicate instructional material will be issued to distance education students at the
following costs:
Study guide - N$245.00
First tutorial letter with assignments - N$35.00
CD/DVD - N$35.00
The above-mentioned amounts are subject to change.
290
DE6 REGISTRATION AND RE-REGISTRATION
(a) Any person who wishes to be registered as a student at the Polytechnic for a particular
academic year must complete the official registration form and sign it (by which s/he
subjects him/herself to the regulations of the Polytechnic), must pay the prescribed fees
and, except if already produced, must produce documentary proof that all admission
requirements have been met for the study of the qualification for which a student wishes
to register. In exceptional cases, the Polytechnic may grant permission that documentary
proof may be handed in not later than 31 May each year, failing which a student’s
registration will immediately be cancelled, and s/he will forfeit his/her tuition fees in
accordance with the stipulations of the paragraph under “Fees” in the Prospectus.
The relevant sections under “General Information” are applicable for further information,
including the closing dates and the basic requirements for registration.
(b) The Polytechnic may set a final registration date for a specific academic year after
which a student may no longer register, and may refuse any application for registration
if the student’s completed registration form, the prescribed fees and/or the required
documentary proof in support of his/her application do not reach the Polytechnic before
the fixed closing date.
(c) A student who was previously registered at another tertiary institution and did not obtain
a degree, diploma or a certificate at the end of his/her last year of registration, must (if
a decision can be made based on the information on his application forms) submit a
satisfactory certificate of conduct and an original report of his/her complete academic
record, issued by the Registrar of the previous institution, during his/her first year of
registration not later than 31 May each year, failing which his/her registration will be
cancelled immediately.
(d) Re-registration may be refused in the case of a student whose academic progress
does not satisfy Senate/the relevant Board of Studies. In cases where permission
for re-registration is granted, it will be done only on conditions as determined by the
Polytechnic.
(e) Students who find themselves unable to continue with their studies are required to cancel
such courses. If courses are not cancelled, it will be viewed as a failure on the side of
the student to make satisfactory academic progress. Cancellation forms are available
from the COLL and the Regional Centres. The closing date for all cancellations is the
last working day in April for 1st semester courses and the last working day in September
for 2nd semester courses. The relevant sections under “Termination of Studies”, Rule
AC1.4 and “REFUNDS” Rules F.7.1.1 – F.7.1.9 are applicable for further information,
including the closing dates and the basic requirements for cancellation of courses/
termination of studies.
291
If the student was previously registered at any other tertiary institution, and s/he
has suspended his/her studies before the completion of the degree or diploma for
which s/he was registered, s/he must produce the following documents together
with his/her application for registration:
(a) original certificate of conduct;
(b) original report of full academic record.
The above documentation must be issued by the institution where the qualification was
obtained. All qualifications must be certified before submission to the Polytechnic.
(b) Note that the closing date for course amendments is the last working day in February (1st
semester and year courses) and the last working day in July (2nd semester courses)
each year. This date also applies to applications for course exemptions. Cancellations
can, however, still be done after this date (Refer to DE6 (e)).
(c) Late Registration, course amendments and change of mode of study, i.e. change from
full-time/part-time to the distance education mode of study is subject to the availability
of instructional material and the time available to submit assignments as indicated on
the approved assignment schedule.
(d) In the case of a change of address and/or examination centre, students are requested
to communicate the change of address and/or Examination Centre to COLL in writing
as soon as the relevant change happens. Forms for Notification of Change of Address
and/or Examination Centre are available from COLL and the Regional Centres.
The instructional material for each course will be supplied to students when they pay
their tuition fees upon registration. The main form of material is the printed study guide,
consisting of a number of units with activities for the students to complete to assess
their own understanding of the course. Usually prescribed or supplementary reading
is recommended. The supplementary reading material may be a reader, which will be
supplied with the printed study guide, or a prescribed textbook, which should be bought.
Each course also includes assignments which must be completed on time and send to
the COLL for tutor-marking. The marks gained for an assignment form part of the final
assessment for the course. Each assignment also receives tutorial comments which
is sent back to students to assist them in their studies.
The COLL is aware of the difficult circumstances in which many of its students have to
study, and therefore provides assistance to enable students to derive full benefit from
their studies. Tutors are assigned for each course to help students with academic
problems they may have. Students may consult the tutor by letter, by phone at certain
specified times, email or by a pre-arranged visit.
292
DE10 STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
The COLL provides the following support services:
(a) Marker-tutoring
Assignments coming from students are used as a teaching tool and marker-tutors
therefore do not just mark in a conventional sense, but also give the necessary advice
and encouragement on how students may improve and make progress toward being
successful at the end of a semester.
(b) Telephone/email-tutoring
Marker-tutors are available for tutoring and academic advice through telephone- and
email correspondence. Students will be provided with a list of their tutors’ telephone
numbers and email addresses upon registration. Students are advised to please make
use of this service.
(e) Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for the NEEC, B.Tech:
Nature Conservation, Bachelor of Communication, Bachelor of English,
Bachelor: Hospitality Management, Travel and Tourism Management, Advanced
Industrial Relations, Advanced Organisational Development and Change,
Advanced Management of Training, Compensation Management, Strategic
Human Resources Management, Research Methodology, Research Project,
Information Administration, Speech and Deportment, Computerised Accounting,
Basic German, Basic Portuguese, Entrepreneurship, E-Marketing and Web
Management, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence. Business Stimulation
is also compulsory for all students registered for Entrepreneurship. Please refer
to the first tutorial letter on these courses for more detail. Students registered
for these courses may not cancel their registration after 28 February and 28 July
of each year.
293
(h) Library services
The Polytechnic’s library services are available free of charge to all registered students.
Membership of the library is subject to the Library Regulations. The library will lend
recommended books and other supplementary reading matter to students. Prescribed
textbooks must, however, be bought by the student, and will NOT be provided by the
library. A student who does not return library material on the due date will not be allowed
admission to the examinations, to re-register, and will not receive his/her examination
results before the outstanding library material has been returned to the Polytechnic.
Limited stocks of library books are available from Regional Centres. The student must
also consult his/her nearest Regional Centre in this regard.
The Polytechnic Library has a number of very useful resources and services which
are accessible through the website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php
A Resource Guide on all the various library services available to distance education
students will be issued upon registration.
Online examination papers: Past examination papers are available from the Library’s
web page, but only on campus. They are also accessible via CD-ROM from the Regional
Centres and via email from the Subject Librarians subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu.
na. Subject Librarians will only send past papers to distance education students who
have supplied their student numbers.
If there is anything students do not understand, or which they need to have explained,
they should not hesitate to consult their Tutor, Coordinator: Administrative Support,
Coordinator Student Support, Regional Coordinator, or the Assistant Registrar of COLL;
either by telephone, fax, email, a letter, or by a personal visit arranged beforehand.
DE11 PRESCRIBED TEXTBOOKS AND STUDY MATERIAL
Particulars concerning the prescribed textbook(s), which the student must buy, will be
made available upon registration by means of a first tutorial letter, which is part of the
study material of a particular course.
Prescribed textbooks are available at the Regional Centres for reference purposes.
Some of these textbooks are also available at the following Namibian Open Learning
Network Trust (NOLNeT) Centres (Regional Centres that serve NAMCOL, NIED,
Polytechnic and UNAM students): Mariental Teachers’ Resource Centre; Eenhana
Multi Media Centre and Community Library; and the Oranjemund NAMDEB Technical
College.
Full particulars concerning the prescribed textbooks are contained in the first tutorial
letter. Students are strongly advised to order their books from the bookshop in good
time, as this will prevent many unnecessary delays and disappointments. COLL does
not sell prescribed textbooks and cannot order these for the students. Books are
prescribed for most courses and can be ordered directly from the distributors or via
the Regional Centres. All books can be purchased from the book supplier, Book Den
at Wernhill, in Windhoek, Telephone: +264 61-239976.
DE12 ASSIGNMENTS
Students are required to qualify for examination admission on the basis of satisfactory
answers to assignments. Particulars of the assignments, contribution of the assignment
mark towards the final mark of a particular course and the minimum requirements for
examination admission appear in the first tutorial letter.
294
The due dates for submitting assignments must be strictly adhered to and are stipulated
in the Information Manual for Distance Education Students. If students receive the
instructional material too late for submitting a particular assignment on time, they
must immediately discuss the matter with the Regional Centre or the Coordinator:
Administrative Support in Windhoek.
295
Posted/couriered assignments received after the due date of the assignment will
be returned unmarked.
(m) Warning: Any loose pages increase the possibility for loosing assignment marks.
(n) Students living in the vicinity of Windhoek and who prefer to submit their assignments
personally, must hand them in at the COLL assignment box. Students living in the vicinity
of Regional Centres, should preferably submit their assignments at these Centres.
(o) Students are encouraged to form study groups to discuss their studies, but identical
assignments by different members of a study group are not acceptable. Copying
assignments constitutes a transgression of the Student Regulations of the Polytechnic
of Namibia. Students found guilty of copying assignments will be awarded 0% for
such an assignment.
(p) Upon submission of assignments, students have to acknowledge by means of
complete referencing, all sources used and/or quoted. Students found guilty of
plagiarism will be penalised and may be awarded 0%.
(q) A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an assignment mark may be incorrect,
may apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark obtained. An application
for a re-check must be directed to the Assistant Registrar: COLL on or before the
last working day of May for the examinations taking place in the June session and
on or before the last working day of October for the examinations taking place in the
November session. Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining
why a re-check is sought. Such a re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the
assignment, unless so determined by the Tutor conducting the re-check. Applications
for re-check based on requests to be condoned for admission to the examination will
not be considered.
DE13 EXAMINATIONS
A student is responsible for the arrangements and cost of his journey to the examination
centre, as well as his accommodation at that centre.
1. In order to be admitted to the examination of a course, a student must obtain a semester/
year mark of at least 50%.
2. In order to pass a course, a student has to comply with the following criteria:
(a) an examination mark with a sub-minimum of 40% must be achieved in cases
where the examination comprises only one paper, and 35% each in cases where
the examination consists of two or more papers, provided that the combined paper
sub-minimum is 40%;
(b) a final mark (calculated from semester/year mark and examination mark with the
prescribed weighting ratio) of 50% has to be obtained in the course;
(c) The semester/year mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine
the final mark in the ratio of 30% (semester/year-mark) to 70% (examination mark),
unless explicitly otherwise determined by Senate.
3. The final examination timetable, in the form of an admission letter will be mailed to
every student in May and October each year. It will, inter alia, contain the following
information:
(a) a list of courses in which the student obtained examination admission, with a
corresponding list of final examination dates;
(b) a list of courses in which the student has not obtained examination admission;
(c) particulars regarding the examination centre and session; and
(d) further general examination instructions will be mailed to students at the same
time.
296
4. Refer to AC4.4.6, Retention Rule of Semester Mark.
5. NOTE:
(a) Candidates who have not received their examination admission letter before
each examination must immediately contact the Examination Department at
telephone +264 61-207 2027 / 2106.
(b) Students will not be permitted to write examination unless they have the
following documentation in their possession at each session:
- Proof of identity
- Student card or proof of registration
- Examination admission letter
(c) Students are responsible for ensuring that they attend the correct examination
session and receive the correct examination question paper.
(b) The Polytechnic takes no responsibility for the delay in mail delivery of examination
timetables or receipt of any other information owing to a change in address or the
inaccessibility of an address of any student. It is always the responsibility of the student
to notify the Polytechnic of Namibia of any change in his/her postal address and to
verify if such changes are effected correctly (See “Changing Registration”).
297
DE17 EXAMINATION RESULTS
(a) The results of the June/July examinations are expected to be announced in mid July,
while the results of the October/November examinations are expected to be announced
by mid December each year. Every candidate will be furnished with his/her examination
results as soon as possible thereafter.
(b) No results will be announced by telephone or telegram.
(c) No results will be mailed to a student before s/he has returned all books that s/he has
borrowed from the library.
(d) No results will be sent to students who have not settled their accounts in full.
(e) A student who has, in his/her opinion, met all the requirements for a certificate/diploma/
degree and has not received confirmation thereof by mid February or mid August each
year, should contact the Examinations Department.
(f) The student must provide the Examinations Department with the required documents
for certification as soon as possible after the final examination.
(a) Students registering for the Research Project/Dissertation on the distance education
mode of study, should register their Research Topics upon registration with the
Coordinator: Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz if based in Windhoek or with
the Regional Coordinator if based at any of the Regional Centres.
(b) The registration of your Research Topic is very important to ensure timely allocation
of your Research Supervisor.
(c) It remains your responsibility to ensure that your Research Topic is submitted to
COLL upon registration. Failure to do so will result in your Supervisor being
appointed late.
(d) Please note that no extension for the submission of your Research Project/
Dissertation will be granted if you failed to submit your Research Topic to COLL.
(e) Also refer to Rule AC4.4: Completion and Submission of Undergraduate Research
Projects/Dissertation for Examination.
298
INSTITUTIONAL CORE SCHOOL SUBJECT(S) GRADE
COURSE
Basic Mathematics Mathematics Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
Basic Science Biology and Physical Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
Science 4 (Higher Level)
Computer User Skills Computer Studies Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
Language in Practice English Language Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
299
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT
The Department introduced a new Bachelor Degree in 2010. The old B.Tech programme is
phased out with effect from 2010 which means that the first year of the old B.Tech programme
was no longer offered in 2010, while the second year is no longer offerred in 2011.
Admission Requirements
1. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Management or
Public Administration will continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012.
2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the
Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor degree in Public Management
provided that they have completed the following courses:
1. Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D OR Computer User Skills
2. Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D OR Computer User Skills
3. Basic Business Statistics 1A
4. Basic Business Statistics 1B
General Transition Rules
The general transition rules are as follows:
1. All new enrolments as from 2010 commenced with the new curriculum.
2. First year students in 2009 who failed (i.e.less than 50% of credits obtained) had to
switch to the new curriculum in 2010.
3. First year students in 2009 who have passed may continue with the old curriculum,
but if students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum, such
failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum were only offered on new syllabi and
students had to complete the new courses.
4. Second year students in 2010 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained)
must switch to the new curriculum in 2011.
5. Second year students in 2010 who have passed may continue with the old
curriculum, but if students should fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum in 2010, such failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum will only be
offered on new syllabi and students must complete the new courses.
6. The last date for completion of the old curriculum is 2012, after which the students
in the old curriculum must automatically switch to the new curriculum and make up
all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum.
7. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curriculum and
make up all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum.
8. There is no retention of semester marks for subjects/courses where the syllabi
have changed.
300
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT(NEW) 24BPMA
(Phased in 2010)
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Introduction to Public Management
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Language in Practice B (if not yet taken) LPB0320 Language in Practice
Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) BMS411S None
And any ONE of the following:
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Semester 4
Regional & Local Government RLG212S Regional & Local Government
in Namibia Management
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Public Financial Management PFM212S Public Management in Namibia
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
And any ONE of the following:
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A &1B
301
Third Year - Bachelor Degree in Public Management (Phasing in 2012)
Semester 5
Public Policy Analysis PPA711S Public Management in Namibia
Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None
Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management
International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None
And any ONE of the following:
Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Urban Development & Management UDP711S Regional and Local Government
Management
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics &
Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Law for Public Managers 1B LPM112S None
Public Sector Organisational Behaviour POB712S Public Management in Namibia
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional & Local Government
Management in Namibia
Innovation, Creativity and ICE712S None
Entrepreneurship
And any ONE of the following:
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
Disaster Managemnt DSM712S None
Public Sector Accounting PSA712S Business Accounting 2B
Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Introduction to Public Management
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
(if not yet taken)
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
302
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Introduction to Human Resources
Management HRM122S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have
obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent.
303
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology (with Development Management Specialisation)
( Not available in 2013)
Semester 7
Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia
Project Planning and Management PPM411S None
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
(if not yet taken)
And any TWO of the following:
Economics of Namibia and
SACU Countries 4A ECN411S None
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional and Local Government
Management of Public Enterprises MPE411S Public Management in Namibia
Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Semester 8
Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None
Research Methodology RMA411S None
(if not yet taken)
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
And any THREE of the following:
Economics of Namibia and
SACU Countries 4B ECN412S None
Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management
Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government
Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology/Research Project
NOTE: Students who wish to register for Advanced Development Management must
take note that the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However,
students may register concurrently for Development Management and the B.Tech level
courses.
304
Semester 8
Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None
Research Methodology RMA411S None
(if not yet taken)
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
And any THREE of the following:
Regional and Local Government
Personnel LGP412S Regional and Local Government
Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government
Environmental Management EMA412S None
Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management
Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology/Research Project
305
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: POLICE SCIENCE 70DPOL
1. The current National Diploma Police Science is being phased out as from 2009.
2. No new students were admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science as
from 2009;
3. First year courses were offered for the last time in 2009, but only for students registered
before 2009 who needed to register or repeat such courses;
4. No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available
to students registered for first year courses in 2009;
5. Second year courses were offered for the last time in 2010.
6. No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available
to students registered for second year courses in 2010
7. The third year courses will be offered for the last time in 2011, with year 2012 being the
last date for the award of the National Diploma.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2009 – Not
available in 2010)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Police Studies 1A PLS111S None
Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None
Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None
Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None
Public Law 1A PBL111S None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Semester 2
Police Studies 1B PLS112S Police Studies 1A
Investigation of Crime 1B IVC112S Investigation of Crime 1A
Criminal Law 1B CRL112S Criminal Law 1A
Criminal Procedure Law 1B CPL112S Criminal Procedure Law 1A
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
(if not yet taken)
Second Year - National Higher Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2010 - Not
available from 2011)
Semester 3
Police Studies 2A PLS211S Police Studies 1B
Investigation of Crime 2A IVC211S Investigation of Crime 1B
Criminal Law 2A CRL211S Criminal Law 1B
Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Semester 4
Police Studies 2B PLS212S Police Studies 2A
Investigation of Crime 2B IVC212S Investigation of Crime 2A
Criminal Law 2B CRL212S Criminal Law 2A
Public Law 1B PBL112S None
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
(If not yet taken)
306
Third Year - National Diploma: Police Science (Phased out end of 2011 - Not available
from 2012)
Semester 5
Police Studies 3A PLS311S Police Studies 2B
Investigation of Crime 3A IVC311S Investigation of Crime 2B
Criminal Law 3A CRL311S Criminal Law 2B
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
Semester 6
Police Studies 3B PLS312S Police Studies 3A
Investigation of Crime 3B IVC312S Investigation of Crime 3A
Criminal Law 3B CRL312S Criminal Law 3A
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
(if not yet taken)
307
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Quantitative Methods 1 QTM112S Introduction to Mathematics
Financial Accounting 1B FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
(if not yet taken)
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Second Year
Semester 3
Financial Accounting 2A FAC 211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2A QTM 211S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost and Management Accounting 2A CMA211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Company Law 1A CLW111S Commercial Law 1A & 1B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Semester 4
Financial Accounting 2B FAC 212S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2B QTM212S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost and Management Accounting 2B CMA212S Cost and Management Accounting 2A
Company Law 1B CLW112S Company Law 1A
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
308
Third Year - National Diploma in Accounting and Finance
Semester 5
Financial Accounting 3A FAC311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Cost and Management Accounting 3A CMA311S Cost & Management Accounting 2A
& 2B
Taxation 3A TAX311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Auditing 3A AUD311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Computerised Accounting 1 CAC111S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Computerised
Accounting 1. Computerised Accounting 1 is offered as a year course on the distance
education mode and is studied over two semesters.
Semester 6
Financial Accounting 3B FAC312S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Cost and Management Accounting 3B CMA312S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B
Taxation 3B TAX312S Taxation 3A
Auditing 3B AUD312S Auditing 3A
Semester 8
Management Accounting & Control 4B MAC412S Cost and Management Accounting
3A & 3B
Managerial Finance 4B MAF412S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
Research Methodology RMA411S None
(if not yet taken)
Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B
(if not yet taken)
Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Computer User Skills
(if not yet taken)
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology/Research Project
309
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
The department introduced this Bachelor qualifications for all its programmes in 2007. Old
programmes were phased out with effect from 2007. The first year of old programmes were
no longer offered in 2007 and the second year of old programmes were no longer offered
in 2008. The third year were no longer offerred in 2009 and the fourth year were no longer
offered in 2010. Students were required to transition to the new programmes as per the
transition rules.
Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for
only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor
curricula were systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programmes were systematically
phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree.
Progression Rule 2: A student might not be allowed to take a higher level course(s) above
his/her current level of study even if the course(s) in question have no prerequisite, and if such
courses cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds.
1. All new enrolments as from 2007 started with the new curricula.
2. Second year students in 2007 who failed (i.e less than 50% of credits obtained) had
to switch to the new curricula in 2008.
3. Third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained) had to
switch to the new curricula in 2009.
4. Second year students in 2007 who have passed, continued with the old curricula, but
if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula , such failed
subjects/courses in the old curricula were only offered on new syllabi and students had
to complete the new courses.
5. Third year students in 2008 who have passed, continued with the old curricula in 2009,
but if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula, such failed
subjects/course in the old curricula were only offerred on new syllabi and students had
to complete the new courses.
6. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have to switch to the new curricula and must
be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula.
7. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students in the
old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding
courses from the new curricula.
310
8. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make
up all outstanding courses from the new curricula.
9. There is no retention of semester marks for courses of which the syllabi have
changed.
The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management
Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing 1B Marketing Principles
The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 2A Business Operations
Business Management 2B Business Finance
The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management
Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro.
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management
The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control
Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management:
Analysis & Decision
International Business Management 4A International Business Management:
Planning
International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis
Project Management Project Management
Retail Business Management Retail Business Management
Advanced Organisational Development Organisational Development and
Change
Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development
and Change
311
CURRICULUM
First Year [National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) Replaced National
Certificate Business Administration that was phased out at the end of 2006]
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent)
Semester 4
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Finance BFS222S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
312
NOTE: Vacation schools and Business Simulation sessions are compulsory for
students enrolled for Entrepreneurship.
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply BLM322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Analysis Environment and Marketing Principles
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
313
(Individual assessment maybe called for)
All other diplomas shall be treated on a case by case basis by the Head of Department.
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Business Management IBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning Management & Business
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing Principles
Strategic Business Management: SBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning & Control Management & Business Logistics and
Supply Chain Management
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
Semester 8
International Business Management IBM422S Purchasing and Supply
Analysis Management & Business Logistics
and Supply Chain Management
Project Management PRM422S None
Strategic Business Management: SBM422S Purchasing and Supply
Analysis & Decision Management & Business Logistics
and Supply Chain Management
Research Methodology (if not yet taken) RMA411S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology and Research Project.
First Year - National Certificate Business Administration (Not available from 2007)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
Semester 2:
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Information Systems 1A
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(if not yet taken)
314
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 4
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A &1B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Stats. 1A
Marketing 1B MAR112S None
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 Eng Communication Module 5
And any ONE of the following:
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Not available from 2009)
Semester 5
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Entrepreneurship ENT111S None
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
And any TWO of the following:
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics &
Macroeconomics
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
(if not yet taken)
Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
(if not yet taken)
Semester 6
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
And any TWO of the following:
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
(if not yet taken)
315
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
(if not yet taken)
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
(if not yet taken)
The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling
Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management
Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing
The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below:
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro.
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis
Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management
Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy
Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing
The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management
Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning
and Decision Making
Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services
Project Management Project Management
Retail Business Management Retail Business Management
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources PHR511S None
316
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent).
NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1A,
Basic Portuguese 1A, Entrepreneurship, Business Simulation sessions, Marketing
Research and Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management.
317
Semester 6
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Analysis Environment & Marketing
Principles
Marketing Communication Strategy MCS322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
Marketing & Product Management MPM322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1B,
Basic Portuguese 1B.
Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce
Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product
Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B,
Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services
Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer &
Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent
318
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Marketing and IMM111S Services Marketing
Management 1A
Strategic Marketing Management: SMM421S Marketing & Product Management
Planning and Decision Making
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
And any ONE of the following:
Marketing of Financial Services MFS421S Services Marketing
Marketing For Tourism MFT411S Services Marketing
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
Semester 8
International Marketing and IMM112S Services Marketing
Management 1B
Customer Care Management CCM422S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
Supply and Distribution Management SDM422S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
Project Management PRM422S None
Research Methodology (if not yet taken) RMA411S None
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology and Research Project
319
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: MARKETING AND SALES
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(If not yet taken)
Marketing 1B MAR112S None
Practice of Selling 1B POS112S None
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
(if not yet taken)
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Register for Modules 4 (PIS004M),
5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and
7 (PIS007M)
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent).
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year
Certificate) (Phased out in 2008)
Semester 3
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management)
English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
Marketing 2A MAR211S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
And any ONE of the following
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 4
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5
Marketing 2B MAR212S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
320
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate)
(Phased out in 2009)
Semester 5
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Entrepreneurship ENT111S None
Marketing 3A MAR311S Marketing 2A & 2B
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A MCS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 6
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Marketing 3B MAR312S Marketing 2A & 2B
Marketing Communication Strategy 1B MCS112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship
321
DEPARTMENT HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Qualifications
The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels:
Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390
credits.
Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits.
Programme Outcomes:
The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate
knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows:
• Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into
effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles.
• Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information
necessary for problem solving in human resources management.
• Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and non-
standard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.
• Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to
human resources management practice.
• Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision
making.
• Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their
teams in response to workplace demands.
• Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in
achieving set goals and objectives.
322
• Apply human resources management professional practices/roles in complex, variable
and specialised contexts.
Credits
Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National
Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the
Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a course-
by-course basis as follows:
Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources
Management Honours.
Progression Rules
Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having
attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course
requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will
not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed
all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management.
Transition Arrangements
The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013.
The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be
phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students’ learning progression.
The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources
Management is 2013.
323
The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for
the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013
to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and
second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new
syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the
new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies
in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion
of Institutional Core courses.
All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources
Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of
Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and
will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based
on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up
based on the new curriculum.
The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme
and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new
curriculum.
The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below:
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
Introduction to Human Resources
Management IHR512S None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Information Competence ICT512S None
324
Basic Science BSC410S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
325
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Year 3
Semester 6
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Principles of Education Training and
Development PTD712S None
Industrial Relations IRL712S Labour Law 1A & 1B
Work Integrated Learning (HRM) WIL712S None
• Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future
endeavours while providing a professional environment.
• Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working
relationships have been established.
• Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are
not possible in a classroom environment.
It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity
to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies.
Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom.
Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human
Resources Management as a result of this cooperation.
326
The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development
needed for national economic development.
Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and
development.
Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users
i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness.
The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below
Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management
Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing 1B Marketing Principles
The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below
Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour
Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management
Business Management 2A Business Operations
Business Management 2B Business Finance
The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below
Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing
Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety
Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations
Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development
Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development
Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
327
The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below:
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training
Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources
Management
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro. to Psychology of Human
Resources and Introduction to
Human Resources Management
328
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
(if not yet taken)
Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from
2013)
Semester 5
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Business Operations BSO221S None
Human Resource Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None
Development
Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and
Change Organisational Management
Semester 6
Business Finance BSF222S None
Employee Health & Safety EHS312S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
Industrial Relations IRL322S Labour Law 1A & 1B
Principles of Education, Training & PTD322S None
Development
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014)
329
National Diploma: Commerce: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics
& Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management
Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management , Introduction to Psychology of Human
Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour,
Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial
Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Introduction to Education, Training & Development,
Principles of Education, Training & Development.
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations AIR421S Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training AMT421S Introduction to Education, Training
& Development and Principles of
Education, Training & Development
Strategic Human Resources SHR421S Human Resource Staffing and
Management Employee Health & Safety
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced
Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources
Management, Research Methodology and Research Project.
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational ADC412S Organisational Development &
Development & Change Change
330
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
(Phased out 2007 - 2009)
Semester 2
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(if not yet taken)
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
(if not yet taken)
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Semester 4
Human Resources Management 2B HRM212S Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Management of Training 1B MOT112S None
Labour Law 1 B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Inform. Systems 1A
Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from
2009)
Semester 5
Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Comm. Module 4
Semester 6
Human Resources Management 3B HRM312S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Industrial Relations 1B IRL112S None
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Comm. Module 5
331
DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY
The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for
Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only
offered on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3,
Information Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the
distance education mode.
Practicals
Practicals are required for Information Administration.
Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in
Information Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools
during January, April, July and August of each year.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the
following shall apply:
Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with
foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnic’s Mature Age Entry
Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic
English Proficiency test.
332
BACHELOR OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY 25BOMT
(Phased in 2007)
Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the
Bachelor of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in
consultation with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree.
Exit Levels
The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion
of at least one year of study.
The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
three years of study.
The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
four years of study.
Transition Rules
The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken,
students should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and
Introduction to Human Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and
Business Accounting 2A & 2B which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelors level.
While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered
in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify.
All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of
Office Management and Technology as from 2007.
Pass Requirements
Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4.
A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more,
subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper.
The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark.
Rules of Combination
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective
courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in
333
the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest.
Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective
course (same cognate area) in the following semester.
CURRICULUM
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Administration1A
Administrative Office Management 1B AOM122S None
Speech and Deportment 1B SDP112S None
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration
1A & 1B
Administrative Office Management 2A AOM221S Administrative Office
Management 1A & 1B
Introduction to Psychology of Human
Resources PHR511S None
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Business Operations BSO221S None
Semester 4:
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administration 2A
Administrative Office Management 2B AOM222S Administrative Office
Management 1A & 1B
Introduction to Human Resources
Management IHR512S None
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
334
Third Year - National Diploma in Office Management and Technology
Semester 5:
Administrative Office Management 3A AOM321S Administrative Office
Management 2A & 2B
Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration
2A & 2B
Public Relations 1A PRL311S None
And any ONE of the following
(if not yet taken):
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
Business Operations BSO221S None
Semester 6:
Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration
3A
Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office
Management 3A
Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
Business Finance BFS222S None
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Information Administration 1A IAD111S None
Office Administration 1A OAD111S None
Speech and Deportment 1A SDP111S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Communication
Module 3
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
335
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Admin 1A
Office Administration 1B OAD112S None
Speech and Deportment 1B SDP112S None
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration
1A &1B
Office Administration 2A OAD211S Office Administration 1A &
1B
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication
Module 4
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A &
1B
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Semester 4
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administratin 2A
Office Administration 2B OAD212S Office Administration 2A
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication
Module 5
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Priciples of Economics 1B
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A &
1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 2A
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Third Year
Semester 5
Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration
2B
Office Administration 3A OAD311S Office Administration 2A &
2B
Secretarial Public Relations 1A SPR311S None
336
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A &
1B
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro &
Macroeconomics
Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A &
2B
Semester 6:
Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration 3A
Office Administration 3B OAD312S Office Admininistration 3A
Secretarial Public Relations 1B SPR312S Secretarial Public Relations
1A
And any ONE of the following:
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 2A
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
International Trade ITT312S Intermediate Micro &
Macroeconomics
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A &
2B
337
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Regulations
Admission requirements
Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution
and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case
basis, depending on the assessment of the applicant’s suitability as well as availability of
facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without
all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears.
Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better
symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be
required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM 111S, first.
Transition Rules
Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who,
for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the
course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department
who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A MSS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
or better symbol in Mathematics
at the Ordinary level
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
or better symbol in Mathematics
at Ordinary level
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Semester 2
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B MSS112S Mathematics for Social Science 1A
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
338
Second Year
Semester 3
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Mathematics for Economists MEC211S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Money and Banking MAB211S Principles of Economics1B
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Business Operations BSO221S None
Semester 4
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Mathematical Economics MEC212S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Financial Intermediation &Institutional FII212S None
Investment
Economics of Agriculture & Rural EAR212S None
Development
And any ONE of the following:
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Business Finance BSF222S None
Third Year
Semester 5
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics &
Macroeconomics
Applied Mathematical Economics AME311S Mathematics for Economists &
Mathematical Economics
Statistics for Economists SEC311S Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
Managerial Economics MEN311S Intermediate Microeconomics
And any ONE of the following:
Purchasing & Supply Management PSM321S Business Operations
Economics of Growth & Development EGD311S Intermediate Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Public Finance & Taxation PFT312S Principles of Economics 1A & 1B
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
International Finance IFN312S Principles of Economics 1A
Econometrics ECM312S Statistics for Economists
And any ONE of the following:
Business Logistics & Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
Industrial Economics IEC312S Intermediate Microeconomics
339
And any THREE of the following:
(These courses will be offered if and when resources permit and if there is a minimum required
number of students enrolled for the course in question.)
Semester 8
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology &
Econometrics
Economics of Namibia & SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B
Research Methodology (if not yet taken) RMA411S None
340
BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT 07BTRM
Description
The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at
equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in:
• understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management
• transport economics
• management and regulatory principles
The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree
level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics
industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally.
The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which
includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework
and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace.
The Bachelor of Transport Management degree isdesigned to be at NQF Level 7 with 400
credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will
also be eligible to enrol for this programme.
Semester 2
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Information Competence ICT512S None
Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure LEC212S None
Transport Economics & Procedures TEP512S Principles of Transport
Economics
Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI512S None
Management
Experiential Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) EXL512S None
341
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Basic Science (if not yet taken) BSC410S None
Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the
Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)
Semester 3
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
Principles of Logistics Management PLM611S None
Road Traffic & Transport Legislation RTL611S None
Intermodal Transport Economics ITE611S Transport Economics &
Procedures
And any ONE of the following:
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Infrastructure Management
Transport Operations Management TOM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Infrastructure Management
Semester 4
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Operational Logistics Management OLM612S Principles of Logistics
Management
Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Road Traffic & Transport
Legislation Legislation
Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S Intermodal Transport
Economics
Semester 6
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Logistics and Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
Contemporary Issues CIS610S None
342
Advanced Transport Economics ATE712S International and Regional
Transport Economics
Work Integrated Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) WOL712S Completion and pass of all
courses up to Semester 4.
And any ONE of the following:
Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management Techniques
Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S Transport Operations
Management Techniques
343
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES
Description
The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme that blends Language
(English) and Literature in English. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work
integrated learning or practice.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
The Bachelor of English shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained 399 NQF credits
as per the required curriculum.
1. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from
year 1 to year 3.
2. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses
plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
3. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be
required to study and pass a Namibian national language.
4. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English
Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies
and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social
Sciences.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Introduction to Linguistics ILS111S None
Introduction to Literature ILT111S None
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Intercultural Communication ICC111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Phonetics &Phonology IPP112S None
The Study of Prose TSP112S None
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
344
Second Year
Semester 3
English Morphology EMP211S None
Theory and Practice of Poetry TPP211S None
Namibian Literature in English NLE211S None
Rhetorical Theory & Criticism RTC211S None
Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) BMS411S None
Semester 4
English Syntax ESY212S None
Theory and Practice of Drama TPD212S None
Literary Criticism LCR212S None
Public Speaking & Argumentation PSA212S None
International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None
Semester 6
Psycholinguistics PCL312S None
Semantics SMT312S None
English as a Second Language ESL312S None
African Literature AFL312S None
Management Communication MCO312S None
345
DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION
Description
The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at equipping
students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in communication management
and administration. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them
to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals,
groups, organisations and the public. The degree programme’s Work Integrated Learning
component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace.
Admission Requirements
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
Regulations
The Department of Communication offers the 3-year Bachelor of Communication degree. The
programme shall be governed by the following regulations:
The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least
384 or 385 (depending on choice) NQF credits as per the curriculum requirements.
1. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24
courses from year 1 to year 3.
2. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught
courses plus Work Integrated Learning, which shall extend over one semester.
3. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall
also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a non-
credit bearing course.
4. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication,
and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include
Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the
Social Sciences.
Assessment
a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught.
b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each
course.
c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale
project.
346
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Introduction to Communication 1A ICO111S None
Intercultural Communication ICC111S None
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Communication 1B ICO112S None
Non Verbal Communication NVC112S None
Organisational Communication OCO112S None
Group Dynamics and Communication GDC212S None
Gender Communication GCO212S None
Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) BMS411S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Rhetorical Theory and Criticism RTC211S None
Web Communication WCO211S None
Introduction to Marketing and its Environment MAR121S None
Plus ONE of the following Electives:
Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Semester 4
Specialised Writing SPW212S None
Public Speaking and Argumentation PSA212S None
Public Relations: Theory and Practice PRT310S None
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
Semester 6
Legal and Ethical Issues in Communication LEC312S None
Management Communication MCO312S None
Persuasion and Propaganda PAP312S None
Plus any TWO of the following Electives:
Mediation Communication MCM312S None
Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse RCD312S None
International Relations and Organisations IRO311S None
347
DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT
Description
The Bachelor of Hospitality Management is aimed at equipping students with necessary
advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills necessary for upper-level managerial
jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional managers,. The students may also opt
to develop and run their own hospitality businesses.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed a National Diploma in Hospitality
Management.
CURRICULUM
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Research Methodology RME410S None
Hospitality Research Project HRP420S Research Methodology
(if not yet taken)
Hospitality Operations
Management HOM410S Rooms Division Management/
Food & Beverage Management
Strategic Management in
Hospitality & Tourism SMH410S None
Managing Human Resources in
Hospitality and Tourism
Organisations MHR410S Human Resource Management 1
(Hospitality and Tourism)
Semester 8
Financial Management in
Hospitality & Tourism FMH420S Financial Control I
Developing and Managing
Small Hospitality Property DMH420S Rooms Division Management &
Food and Beverage Management &
Strategic Management in
Hospitality & Tourism &
Management. Human
Resources in Hospitality & Tourism
Strategic Marketing in SHT420S Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism)
Hospitality & Tourism
Research Methodology RME410S None
(if not yet taken)
Hospitality Research Project HRP420S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above
courses.
348
BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT 27BTTM
The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management is aimed at providing students with a holistic
understanding of the elements of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural
fabric of society, appreciation of the relationships among the various elements of the industry,
as well as the ability to apply appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations
involving travel and tourism.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma in Travel
and Tourism Management.
CURRICULUM
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Research Methodology RME410S None
Tourism Research Project TRP420S Research Methodology
(if not yet taken)
Strategic Management in
Hospitality & Tourism SMH410S None
Tourism Policy & Planning TPP410S None
Managing Human Resources in
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations MHR410S Human Resource Man 1
(Hospitality and Tourism)
Semester 8
Ecotourism Planning &
Management EPM420S None
Financial Management in
Hospitality & Tourism FMH420S Financial Control 1
Strategic Marketing in
Hospitality and Tourism SHT420S Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
Research Methodology RME410S None
(if not yet taken)
Tourism Research Project TRP420S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above
courses.
349
DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION
The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation study programme focuses on the attributes
that will help equip high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research
skills. In particular, the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective
management of natural and human resources including finances.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma Natural
Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field, with at least one year practical
experience.
Practicals
In view of the pre-requisite for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV
(Module A), Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management I and Research
Methodology in the same year.
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such practical session with a minimum
of 50%. Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs.
CURRICULUM
Fourth Year
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Co-requisite Courses:
Computer Usage (Nature Conservation) RGB111N None
Compulsory Courses:
Plant Studies IV (Module A) PSO411Z None
Resource Management IV (Module A) RMM451U None
Conservation Management I CVM112Y None
Research Methodology REM531Z None
Practical Component:
Seminar SEM171N
Research Project PRO101N
Practical 1 BTN001P
Practical 2 BTN002P
Fifth Year
Plant Studies IV*** (Module B) PSO421Y None
Financial Management I
(Nature Conservation) FMN451Z None
Management Principles I**
(Nature Conservation) POM191R None
Plus any ONE of the following:
Resource Management IV*** (Module B) RMM461T None
Community-Based Natural Resource CBR410Y None
Management
350
Practical Component:
Practical 3 BTM003P None
Practical 4 (Optional) BTN004P None
* Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode
only and will extend over two academic years.
** Students will receive lecture notes for Management I and will be credited with Management
Principles I (Nature Conservation).
** * Oral Examination
Admission Requirements
Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/
degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land
Management and/or any other related field).
Examination Requirements
A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass.
Practical
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum
of 50 %. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students
are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if
provided by the institution.
CURRICULUM
351
CERTIFICATE IN NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION 27NEEC
This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults
who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work.
The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to
become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore
aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies.
Admission Requirements
There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants
must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a
requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people
who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context.
Assessment Requirements
Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on
their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of:
• Draft and final versions of written assignments;
• Group work and presentations; and
• A portfolio of work.
Evidence of learning will be obtained from students’ assignments, participation in group settings
and critical self-reflection.
CURRICULUM
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Our Environment: Issues, risks and responses OEM101Y None
Developing, implementing and evaluating environmental
education curriculum, programmes and resources DIE101Y None
Environmental education approaches: theory and practice EEA101Y None
352
LIBRARY SERVICES
L1 General
The Library is a social and emotionally engaging centre for learning and experience.
Our vision is to provide resources that support learning, teaching, research and creative
expression by providing timely and effective access to information and services to the
broad Polytechnic community, resulting in the improvement of institutional outcomes.
L2 Library hours
Days Semester Vacation
Monday - Friday 08:00 - 22:00 08:00 - 17:00
Saturday 08:00 - 13:00 Closed
Sunday 14:00 - 20:00 Closed
Public Holidays Closed Closed
NB: Hours of opening vary during different times of the year. Notices communicating
this information are usually displayed at the Library entrance and on the website
(http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php).
L3 Services
The Library provides the following collections and services:
• Circulation Services: Maintains the day-to-day borrowing, returning and
the renewals of library materials. It upholds and
enforces the rules and procedures of the Library to
ensure fair access to information resources and
a conducive study environment. Contact: tel.
2072022/2621 or library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Reference Services: Answers general information queries, offers online
catalogue training, conduct interlibrary loans and
create access to full-text databases for off-campus
access. The Reference Librarian can be located on
Level 3 of the Library.
Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Subject & Research The aim of this section is to support the teaching,
Services: learning and research services of the Polytechnic,
by providing library and information skills training
(LIST) and subject-based information services. The
LIST classes include how to search for, locate, retrieve,
evaluate and ethically use information from various print
and online sources. Classes are arranged
between lecturers and the Subject Librarian of the
School. Contact: subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu.na
• Acquisitions Services: Acquires printed and electronic information resources
for teaching and research support, as well as
for patron information needs. Suggest an item for
purchase by accessing the online catalogue
through iEnabler or leave a note in the Suggestion Box
on Level 3. Contact: acquisitions@polytechnic.edu.na
353
• Technical Services: Providing and maintaining physical and online access
to Library collections, through creating quality
bibliographic records.
Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Study Collection: Prescribed texts that can only be used for 2 hours in the
Library. It is located on Level 4.
• Group Study Areas: Can be booked for 3 hours/day. Booking can be done
at the Reference Desk on Level 4.
• Study Carrels: Can be booked for a limited period by graduate
students (4th year), post-graduate students and
lecturers. Booking can be done at the Reference Desk
on Level 4.
• Multimedia Lab: Facilities to view CD-ROMs, DVDs and videos
• Student Labs: Where students can do their assignments. Located on
Level 4.
• Photocopy facilities: On Levels 2, 3 & 4.
• Inter-library Loans: Enables access to resources in other libraries, which is
not available in your own library. Contact the
Reference Librarian for more information or send an
e-mail to interlibraryloans@polytechnic.edu.na
• Namibiana Collection: Publications about Namibia or published by Namibians.
• Internet Café: Only for Polytechnic students.
• Online databases: Full-text journals and books.
• Library Tours: Can be booked at the User Services Librarian or
Reference Librarian, Level 3.
• User Education: Learn how to search for, retrieve, evaluate and cite
information from the library, online databases
and the web by asking your lecturers to book or arrange
classes with the Subject Librarian for your School.
L4 Library regulations
L4.1 Membership
All registered students and staff of the Polytechnic are automatically members of the
Library. All Polytechnic students will be requested to fill in a form with their biographical
details before they can take out books.
Registered students and staff of UNAM can also become members of the Library by
producing their staff/student cards and by completing a Library registration form. UNAM
students will have to pay a deposit with registration. This money will be refunded in
part or in full depending on whether the student has outstanding fines or books with
the Library.
Persons not included in any of the above categories may become members of the
Library, subject to the approval of the User Services Librarian. They are required to
complete the Library registration form and upon acceptance pay the following applicable
non-refundable annual fee:
Library usage with no loan privilege = N$150.00
One book per visit = N$235.00
Two books per visit = N$400.00
Three books per visit = N$560.00
354
L4.2 Borrowing privileges
• Own student/staff cards and outside user cards must be produced whenever Library
materials are borrowed. No items will be issued on another person’s card.
• The following number of items may be borrowed simultaneously:
Polytechnic Students 6 14 days
Polytechnic Staff 10 30 days
UNAM Students 3 14 days
UNAM Staff 3 30 days
Outside Users 1/2/3 14 days
• The loan period may be extended in person, telephonically (Tel. 2072022/2621) or
via e-mail (library@polytechnic.edu.na), provided another user does not require
the book.
• Issued library materials must either be returned or renewed before the end of
each loan period.
• All items must be returned at the desk where it was issued from, i.e. Circulation,
Multi Media or Study Collection.
• Newspapers are to be read in the Periodical Section and are not to be taken
out.
• No borrower may lend library materials to or on behalf of any other person.
Borrowers assume full responsibility for the use and return of library materials and
have to pay the Polytechnic for any loss or damage.
• A fine, as determined from time to time, is payable in respect of items handed in
late.
• The library reserves the right to recall library materials at any time.
L5 Library Rules
• All borrowers are responsible for any materials checked out on their user cards.
• Students should report a lost student card as soon as possible so that their Library
account can be blocked.
• Using another patron’s user/membership card is prohibited and a serious
offence.
• All Library materials should be returned / renewed before the end of the loan period,
otherwise a fine is applicable and no further loans are permitted.
• Study Collection items are to be used inside the Library for a two hour period and
are NOT to be taken out. An hourly fine (or part thereof) is applicable for late
returns.
• Replacement valued, as determined by the Librarian, should be paid for any lost
or damaged items.
• Students should make sure all Library items in their possession are issued before
they exit through the Library’s security gates.
• Unauthorised removal of Library items shall result in strict disciplinary action and
a large fine.
• Students found in possession of unauthorised or stolen Library material will be
blocked from taking out Library material until a disciplinary hearing has taken
place.
• NO person shall make noise or cause a disturbance in the Library and hold public
meetings or demonstrations inside the Library.
• NO smoking, eating (including chewing gum) or drinking are permitted in the
Library.
• ALL cellular phones MUST be switched OFF when entering the Library and shall
not be used at any time inside the Library.
355
• Any person not adhering to the abovementioned rules shall be fined.
• Rude or undisciplined behaviour towards staff and security, preventing them from
performing their duties, will lead to a fine and/or disciplinary action.
• Library users MUST show their student/membership cards at the entrance, before
they will be allowed to enter the Library.
• Departmental Resources Centres are for use by faculty ONLY and items from
these centres may not be issued, lent or given to students.
L6 Library Security
Library items are protected against unauthorised removal by an electronic book detection
system. When a Library item is removed illegally an alarm will sound, upon which the
item must be returned to the security desk. Please note, leaving the Library building
with unauthorised library materials (not issued) is regarded as a serious offence and
will lead to a large spot fine and a disciplinary hearing.
L7 Further information
Brochures are available in the Library for newcomers or any other persons wishing to
acquaint themselves with Library services and procedures. Librarians are to be consulted
whenever help is needed.
356
COMPUTER SERVICES
Mission
As a unit, Computer Services provides a broad Information, Communication Technology service
to the Polytechnic community. Some of the duties include:
• The operation of a central computer system providing information processing for the
following departments: Students Records, Academic Administration, Finance, Personnel,
Space Management, Asset Control, Library and the Transport section.
• Personal computers, peripherals, Network operation internet access and software support/
acquisition.
• Technical validation of purchases for information technology related equipment.
• Implementation of the latest information technology products.
STAFF
Director Mr. Laurent Evrard, M.Sc. (EPITA)
Executive Secretary Ms. Loise Kafita
Manager (Network) Mr. Calvin Mouton
Manager (Data Centre) Mr. Gabriel Rukoro
Manager (ITS systems) Mrs. Juanita Frans
Manager (MIS & MIIR) Ms. Elizabeth Ngololo, M.Sc. (Curtin)
Manager (PC Support) Mr. Breyten Mouton
Webmaster Ms. Olivia Louw
Systems Administrators Mr. Hafeni Ndakunda
Mr. Mervin Mokhatu
ICT Security Officer Mr. Lindrowsqy Katjimune
Network Administrators Mr. Philander Muyunda
Mr. Joel Eelu
Institutional Researcher / Statistician Mr. Reino Ihemba
Systems Developer Vacant
Senior PC Support Officer (Main campus) Mr. Franco Bandlow
PC Support Officers (Main campus) Mr. Mario Tripodi
Ms. Maria Ausiku
Mr. Ivan Isaacks
Mr. George Negongo
PC Support Officers (Library) Mr. John Archer
Mr. Paulo de Almeida
Mr. Festus Shivute
Mr. Trevor Izaks
Senior PC Support Officer (Engineering) Mr. Derek Fredericks
PC Support Officers (Engineering) Mrs. Magreth Tjingaete
Mr. Jeremy Harris
Junior PC Support (Communication Dept.) Mr. Allastair Ellitson
PC Support Officer (CED) Mr. Lorean de Vries
PC Support Officer (Science & Tech) Ms. Pelinawa Sakeus
Service Desk Ms. Nelsia Zakaapi
Trainee Ms. Abigail Ntlai
357
Namibia’s first gigabit Ethernet network was implemented in 1998 at the Polytechnic. To date,
more than 2 500 devices are connected to the network. Africa’s only full Tucows mirror at this
time (including all the available modules) started its operations in 2000. It can be reached via
the following URL: http://www.tucows.com.
The Bureau of Computer Services is also hosting one of Africa’s largest public download
server, which can be reached at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na. It contains very useful and
popular Free / Libre Open Source Software (FLOSS) packages. As of October 2010, this server
contains more than 10 Tb of applications, operating systems, entertainment software.
Other sites of interest hosted at the Polytechnic:
A mirror of the Massachussets Institute of Technology’s OpenCourseWare program, located
at http://ocw.polytechnic.edu.na
A mirror of the Gutenberg project, with thousands of books freely available at http://download.
polytechnic.edu.na/pub/gutenberg
A free GIS software, GRASS, located at http://grass.polytechnic.edu.na
A complete repository of Ubuntu Linux, located at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na/pub/
ubuntu
Lots of other operating system, installation, patches and other programs, such as Fedora,
RedHat, Suse, OpenSUSE, FreeBSD, Gentoo, Mozilla, OpenOffice, Apache, and many
more.
Many computer laboratories are reserved for IT classes. Each lab boosts, in average, about
25 PCs and all of them (150 of them as at August 2010) are linked to the campus network.
The library is also well equipped and contains free access labs and an internet section.
A centralised printing solution for all students is in place on campus since 2008.
Internet / E-mail access is present through several internet links with a combined capacity of
23 Mbits / second each, thus giving redundancy. Internet access is open to students from the
computer labs and from our wireless network, operational since 2007 and available for free
for all Polytechnic students. Apple and Linux based computers are available in the Library
for student use. However, social networking sites such as Facebook or Twitter can not be
accessed during office hours.
Two very helpful IT services are available free of charge to all registered students: Free
web-based e-mail and student web. The web-based e-mail service is not only very similar
to other web-based services, it also scans all mails against viruses, and it also filters most
spam. The student web allows each student to access its student records, financial statement,
examination timetable and other very useful information. For instructions on how to access
these two services, log on to the site: http://students.polytechnic.edu.na from any computer
connected to the Internet. Please take note that forgotten passwords shall be replaced subject
to the payment of a fee.
Student cards are provided by the card system’s office on the lower ground of the Office Building.
Please take note that previously registered students have to return their student cards during
first semester registration before being issued with a new one. Failure to return the previously
issued student card shall lead to the payment of the prescribed replacement fee.
358
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS
The Office of the Dean of Students provides quality students services and programmes to the
diverse Polytechnic student population. The quality of services and programmes are student-
centered which provide a healthy environment to learning. These services include Health
Services, Social Services, Counseling and HIV/AIDS Coordination, Job placement Services,
Accommodation, Sport and Culture, and Hostel and Kitchen Services.
Furthermore, the Office of the Dean of Students provides leadership and supervisory support to
both the Academic and Residential Sections of the Polytechnic. The aim is to promote services
and programmes relevant to students’ development throughout their academic studies, and,
above all, to facilitate and encourage student extra-curricular activities, appreciation of cultural
differences, and academic excellence.
STUDENTS SERVICES
359
(3) Hostel Superintendents are assisted by ten (10) Housing Committee (HC) members.
Sport activities provide students with a well balance and stimulating extra-curricular
environment. It provides a platform for students to participate in a variety of sports.
Students are encouraged to explore their sport talents. The trophy award ceremony
recognises both sport and cultural achievements.
Cultural activities provide students with a platform to express their cultural heritage.
Extra-curricular activities are vital to each student’s education. The cultural festival is a
week long event of fun an entertainment, which culminates in the crowning of Miss and
Mr. Polytechnic.
The Polytechnic has three residential halls. The ladies’ residences are Monresa and
Höpker and, the men’s hostel is Shangri-La. Total accommodation of about 404 is
provided.
7. Meals
Residential students eat in the same dining hall which is supervised, managed and
maintained by the Hostel Manager. The latter is also responsible for the overall food
services and kitchen operation. The dining hall is well furnished. The kitchen is well
equipped with competent kitchen staff who prepare food on a daily basis.
The SRC is the highest student’s representative body elected annually by students in
accordance with the SRC Constitution.
The aim of the SRC is to represent all sections of the student community, including full-
time, part-time, and distance education students. Representation is one of the most
important functions of the SRC. Students are represented on a number of Committees,
such as Polytechnic Council, Senate, and the Boards of Studies.
Since the SRC is entrusted with issues and activities to represent students, their
programme reflects a healthy balance of recreational and academic activities.
360
SR: STUDENT REGULATIONS
NOTE: The final interpretation of these Regulations shall be vested in the Council.
SR1.2 Conduct
Students shall:
1.2.1 pursue the mission of the Polytechnic;
1.2.2 be primarily dedicated to their studies;
1.2.3 refrain from acts of misconduct, as defined in the Student Disciplinary Regulations;
1.2.4 refrain from any conduct or action which results or may result in the inconvenience
of any other students in their studies or being prejudiced in any other way;
1.2.5 refrain from undisciplined or improper behaviour towards personnel members;
1.2.6 immediately notify the Registrar in writing of any change of address (any letter,
communication, parcel, etc. directed to students at their latest recorded addresses
shall be deemed to have been received by the students);
1.2.7 comply with the rules regarding dress code;
1.2.8 be subject to the traffic and parking rules of the Polytechnic;
1.2.9 refrain from smoking, eating and drinking during lectures, practical classes,
examinations, tests or in any place where smoking is prohibited.
361
Student association or club shall be an association or club as constituted in terms of
section 4(2) of the Students Representative Council constitution.
2.3.2 No offices of political parties or external religious organisations shall be permitted on
campus.
2.3.3 Subject to the provisions of paragraph SR 2.4, no political-party meetings shall be
held on campus; a political-party meeting in terms of this provision shall be deemed
to be any public meeting under the auspices of a political party.
SR2.5 The use of notice boards, conducting of meetings and functions and distribution
of publications
2.5.1 Individual students or student associations and clubs may use notice boards and
conduct meetings or gatherings on the premises of the Polytechnic only with the
approval of the Student Representative Council, the Dean of Students, the Officer
for Accommodation, Sport, and Culture.
2.5.2 After the necessary permission has been obtained in terms of the above paragraph
a student may affix such document, poster or publication only on designated notice
boards and may not write, scratch or paint in any way on walls, pillars or any other
parts of the campus buildings or structures.
2.5.3 No students, club or association may, without the SRC’s permission, publish, affix,
display or distribute any document, poster or publication of any official nature
whatsoever on the premises of the Polytechnic, or, using the name of the Polytechnic,
publish, affix, display or distribute it elsewhere, or contribute towards doing so.
2.5.4 No room or other terrain of the Polytechnic may be used for meetings or functions
without prior permission from the responsible person or institution.
362
SR3 PERSONAL
SR3.1 Dress
Students shall be dressed appropriately and neatly at lectures, and official gatherings
on and off campus.
SR4 MISCELLANEOUS
363
1.6 The Rector, or his/her appointee, may at any time cancel a suspension; provided that
notwithstanding such cancellation, the hearing of the charge of misconduct may be
continued.
1.7 When the chairperson of a disciplinary committee, (before that disciplinary committee
has reached a ruling on the charge against a student), is of the opinion that the
relevant charge should rather be heard by a committee on another level, the hearing
may be suspended and referred to the Rector for a ruling. The Rector may rule that
the disciplinary committee shall continue with the hearing or that it shall be referred
to another disciplinary committee. This other disciplinary committee will conduct a
complete hearing.
1.8 If a disciplinary committee, Council, the Rector or a person appointed by the Rector,
temporarily or permanently deprives a student of any rights or privileges which students
enjoy, or suspends the student temporarily or expels the student, such a student shall
forfeit all rights to repayment, reduction or remission of fees paid by or payable to the
Polytechnic.
Brings alcoholic beverages or drugs onto the premises of the Polytechnic, consumes
them or has them in their possession; or serves or consumes alcoholic beverages
or drugs on campus during a gathering of a student association or student body
of the Polytechnic or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and
assignments.
NOTE:
Proof of being “under the influence of alcohol” will be determined by the use of
an appropriate breath analyser, (maximum limit is 0,08 ml of alcohol per 100 ml
blood).
Proof of “under the influence of drugs” will be determined by utilizing an appropriate
blood test.
Refusal to undergo such a breath analyser test or blood sampling as well as refusing
to be searched properly by the appropriate authorities are serious offences.
2.5 Intimidates whether by word or deed fellow students and staff on or off the campus.
2.6 Behaves in a violent, riotous, obscene or improper manner on or in any premises
of the Polytechnic or elsewhere during a gathering by or of the student body of the
Polytechnic or a portion/group thereof.
364
2.7 Behaves in an insulting, obscene or improper manner towards a fellow student or
personnel member of the Polytechnic, a management body or office of the Polytechnic
or a member of such a body or office-holder of such office;
2.8 Knowingly makes false or incorrect statements to any personnel member of the
Polytechnic; or purposefully spreads false information about the Polytechnic to any
person;
2.9 Is guilty of misconduct which is the cause of or can reasonably be the cause of any
one of the following instances, either where such cause was foreseen or could have
been foreseen as a reasonable possibility at the time of the poor conduct:
(a) Implicating the good name of the Polytechnic to the disadvantage of the
Polytechnic
(b) Prejudicing or endangering the maintenance of order, discipline and safety at the
Polytechnic
(c) Prejudicing or endangering the smooth course of tuition, research, administration
or general activities at the Polytechnic
(d) Divulging confidential Polytechnic information.
(e) Dishonoring the National Symbols of the country.
2.10 Organising or participating in student action, which interferes with or could interfere with
the academic work of fellow students, or with the functioning of the Polytechnic;
2.11 Bringing, possessing or handling a fire-arm or any other dangerous weapons,
explosives or fuel which is not reasonably required for the operation of a machine,
on campus;
2.12 Assisting or encouraging other students to commit an offence;
2.13 Injuring the dignity of or physically assaulting, or mentally wronging or humiliating any
personnel member or fellow student;
2.14 Failing to comply with any hostel rule;
2.15 Let any person sleep over in their hostel rooms after 10.00 pm during weekdays or
after midnight during weekends.
2.16 Is dishonest or attempts to be dishonest in any test, assignment or examination.
2.17 Gives flat/room keys to any other person.
2.18 Removes furniture without the permission of his/her superintendent.
2.19 Commits plagiarism.
SDR4 NOTIFICATION
4.1 A student charged with any form of misconduct shall be notified of such complaints in
writing at least seven days before the hearing by the relevant disciplinary committee;
provided that any such student may waive this period.
4.2 Any such notice shall contain the charge in full as well as stipulating the particular
disciplinary committee which will hear the charge, and the time and place of the
hearing.
365
4.3 Written notice of a charge shall be regarded as being properly served if it was posted or
delivered by hand to the student concerned to the address provided on the registration
form.
4.4 In case of serious charges or where the student is a minor, a copy of the charge shall
be sent to the parents of the student concerned per registered post at the address
provided by the student on the registration form.
4.5 Any notice sent or delivered in the manner prescribed in these Regulations shall
be considered as having been received by the person to whom it was addressed.
Preference will be given to hand delivering such notices.
4.6 When students neglect or refuse to attend a hearing they can be heard in absentia
and the proceedings shall not be invalid as a result of the absence of the accused
person.
5.3 The accused will be informed before any hearing regarding the procedure of the
Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Students Disciplinary Committee:
Non-Academic, as well as appeal procedures.
366
5.4 Division of functions
Except where the context otherwise indicates, the Registrar shall deal with matters
of the Students’ Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Dean of Students shall
deal with matters of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic.
5.6 Representation
5.6.1 The accused may appoint a representative to assist him/her during the proceedings,
providing the representative is a registered student and this representative should
preferably be a SRC member.
5.6.2 The Registrar/Dean of Students may not institute the case against the student, but
a personnel member must be appointed to do so on behalf of the Polytechnic. The
Rector must identify an alternative chairperson if the Registrar/Dean of Students is
involved in the case or institutes the case.
367
5.7.2 The person (initiator) who cites the case against the accused inter alia may:
(a) Examine the person or persons who testify against the accused
(b) Cross-examine the accused that has testified, as well as any person or persons
who have testified for the accused
(c) Argue the case after all evidence has been given but before the accused or the
representative was afforded the opportunity to argue the case.
5.7.3 The chairperson of a disciplinary committee will be the only one making the final
judgment, although he/she may be assisted with advice by the other committee
members, as provided for in this document.
5.7.4 The Registrar/Dean of Students shall appoint a staff member to keep a record of the
proceedings at the hearing and of all evidence given there by means of a tape recording
and/or in writing. Such person shall not be a member of the disciplinary committee.
The minutes of the proceedings shall be kept safely for at least two years.
5.7.5 Unless the Chairperson of the relevant disciplinary committee determines otherwise,
the hearing shall take place in camera and the proceedings of that disciplinary
committee shall not be published.
5.8 Appeal
5.8.1 The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic, compiled as stipulated in the statutes of
the Polytechnic, shall hear the appeal cases of the students against findings of the Students
Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic and conclude the case on behalf of Council whilst
appeal cases of academic nature will be referred to the Council Appeal Committee.
5.8.2 A student may appeal against the conviction and/or penalty.
5.8.3 A student shall give the chairperson written notice of appeal not later than five (5)
calendar days after being notified in writing of the decision of the disciplinary committee
against which committee’s decision appeal is made. In the notice of appeal, the
grounds for the appeal shall be fully stated.
5.8.4 The student may appoint a representative to assist him/her in the formulation of
grounds for appeal. (See SDR5.6.1)
5.8.5 On receiving the notice of appeal, the chairperson shall forward it immediately to
the Rector who shall submit it to the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or
Council Appeal Committee.
5.8.6 On considering the appeal, the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or
Council Appeal Committee may decide which procedure it thinks most fit in the
circumstances.
5.8.7 The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or any other council Appeal
Committee may in part or in whole accept, or reject or amend the conviction of
the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic or the Students Disciplinary
Committee: Academic and/or the sentence and may impose any of the prescribed
sentences which it thinks fit.
368
SDR6 GENERAL HOSTEL AND SRC DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
369
6.3 Procedure of mentioned Disciplinary Committees examining misconduct
6.3.1 The prescriptions of sections SDR5.7 shall mutatis mutandis be applicable to a hearing
by any mentioned disciplinary committee examining misconduct.
6.3.2 Disciplinary measures shall take effect immediately after imposition thereof.
6.3.3 The accused shall have the right to appeal against a ruling of a disciplinary committee
on a charge of less serious misconduct. The appeal shall be lodged in accordance
with section SDR5.8.3 and the chairperson shall forward the appeal to the Dean of
Students who will initiate the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic to
serve as appeal committee.
6.3.4 The Hostels Disciplinary Committee or SRC Disciplinary Committee shall compile and
submit a report on the proceedings, the ruling of the disciplinary committee and the
disciplinary measures which were imposed to the Dean of Students in any case.
6.3.5 The Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, as the appeal hearing body,
has power of review inter alia that he/she:
(a) May further investigate a case
(b) May re-investigate and/or reconsider the penalty imposed
(c) May confirm, amend or set aside any ruling and/or penalty of such a
disciplinary committee and may take any steps which he/she deems fit
(d) May, where necessary, determine the procedure to be followed at the review
of a hearing or penalty
(e) May determine that the penalty shall not take effect prior to the review of the
case.
6.3.6 The decision of this committee will be final.
7.1.2 Procedure
7.1.3 Complaints shall be taken up with or made by a member of the appropriate committee
of a house committee or management of a hostel, house, club or cultural society.
7.1.4 The chairperson of the appropriate house, club or cultural society shall arrange a
hearing by the disciplinary committee of the relevant students group. The chairperson
shall also appoint a registered hostel student when applicable or a member of the
specific body to institute the charge against a student (this will be the initiator).
7.1.5 The prescriptions of paragraphs SDR6.3.1 to SDR6.3.5 shall mutatis mutandis be
applicable to such hearing.
7.1.6 If a student is dissatisfied with the ruling of such a disciplinary committee, he/she
may, not later than five (5) days after the announcement of the findings, appeal to
the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, which shall conclude the case
in accordance with section SDR6.3.3 up to SDR6.3.6. The student will forward the
appeal form to the Dean of Students.
7.1.7 Compilation
The disciplinary committee of a house, club or cultural association shall consist of
the chairperson (also as chairperson for the hearing) and at least two management
members (as advisors).
7.1.8 Disciplinary measures
The disciplinary committee referred to in this paragraph, may impose one or more of
the following disciplinary measures:
(a) A fine not exceeding N$50.00
370
(b) Warning and/or reprimand
(c) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity
of the house, club or association for a period not exceeding the remainder of
the calendar year
(d) Imposition of a task.
371
GHR2 ORGANISATION
2.1 The organisation of the hostels is divided into supervisory and management
functions.
2.2 The Dean of Students, the Superintendents and the House Committees shall be
responsible for supervision.
2.3 The management of the hostels shall be done by the Hostel Manager: Hostel and
Catering Services.
2.4 The duties of the Hostel Superintendent shall inter alia include:
2.4.1 to act as advisor for individual students regarding their welfare
2.4.2 to promote a high academic and moral standard in the hostel
2.4.3 to maintain the image of the Polytechnic and to protect the interest of the
Polytechnic
2.4.4 to ensure that the rules and regulations of the hostel and the Polytechnic are complied
with
2.4.5 to ensure the smooth running of the hostel in general and to report on the same to
the Dean of Students
2.4.6 to issue such hostel rules as are deemed necessary from time to time and to which
all resident students or visitors are subject.
2.5 Through their conduct students shall maintain and extend the good reputation of the
hostel.
2.6 Students and other residents shall be compelled to carry out and/or comply with
all decisions, commissions and rules taken, issued or put into operation by Council
or its delegate(s) from time to time regarding the hostels in general or a hostel in
particular.
GHR3 FUNCTIONS
3.1 As far as hostels are concerned, the rendering of hostel services to resident students
during the course of the year, excluding vacations. This includes the following:
- provision of meals
- provision of furniture and equipment
- rendering of cleaning and laundry services
3.2 An additional function of the hostels is accommodation for delegates to congresses
and vacation schools.
372
4.8.5 insubordination;
4.8.6 willful damage to property;
4.8.7 improper or obscene behavior;
4.8.8 any other grounds in the opinion of the Dean of Students or the Rector.
GHR6 FEES
6.1 Hostel fees
All hostel fees are payable to the Polytechnic. The fees are determined by Council
from time to time.
GHR6.4 BREAKAGE
6.4.1 Before students move into a room, they must be satisfied that the room and its contents
are in good order and, if necessary, report any defects to the Superintendent. This
is also applicable to students switching rooms during the course of the year.
6.4.2 Reporting
Breakage and damage to buildings and furniture must be reported immediately to
the House Committee which will report it to the Superintendent. The Superintendent
records full particulars of such cases in a book kept for this purpose.
373
6.4.5 Recovery of damage
On application by the Hostel Management Committee, the Bursar makes arrangements
that an account is sent to the student(s) for the repair costs. If an account for breakage
is not settled within two months, the relevant person will be debited and the examination
results will be retained until the account has been settled in full.
6.4.6 Security
Every student receives a key to her/his flat. It is the responsibility of every student to
lock the flat/room door whenever she/he enters or leaves the flat.
374
GHR10 VACATING HOSTELS
10.1 Any student wishing to vacate a hostel permanently must complete the necessary
cancellation form which also serves as a claim form for the refund of the hostel deposit
and submit it to the Bursar. As soon as a resident student moves into a room, any
defects must immediately be reported to the Superintendent.
10.2 If a resident student vacates the hostel permanently at the end of a term, that
student, together with the Superintendent, must inspect the condition of the room
and equipment. On failure to do so, such a student will be liable for damage which
may be discovered at a later stage.
GHR11 DRESS
11.1 Hostel students must always be dressed appropriately and neatly and in accordance
with the internal hostel rules.
11.2 Property of hostel students, especially clothes, must be properly marked.
GHR14 WEAPONS
No student may possess any explosives, petrol or dangerous weapons in the hostel
or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and assignments.
GHR16 MEETINGS
16.1 Meetings held on campus should be conducted in consultation with the Dean of
Students.
16.2 No political meetings are permitted on the hostel premises.
16.3 No person who is not a resident student may address students on the hostel premises
without the consent of the Rector or the Dean of Students.
375
GHR18 MAINTENANCE AND USE OF BUILDINGS, PREMISES AND FURNITURE
18.1 It is the responsibility of all resident students to keep the hostel premises and buildings
clean and tidy.
18.2 No posters, notices or any defacement may be fixed to the walls of the buildings. No
objects may be nailed to walls. Notices must appear only on notice boards and be
signed by a House Committee member.
18.3 Students may not make any alterations to electric wiring.
18.4 The illicit use of fire-hoses and other fire fighting apparatus in the hostel is
prohibited.
18.5 No bicycle or other vehicles or parts thereof may be kept in the rooms.
18.6 Bulbs are kept in stock by the Superintendent and on the handing in of a fused bulb,
this will be replaced.
18.7 Flat keys can be obtained from the Superintendent at a fixed tariff.
18.8 No Polytechnic equipment may be removed from rooms, recreation halls, dining rooms
or lounges.
On occasions such as house functions and house meetings the House Committee
may make appropriate arrangements as it thinks fit and on its own responsibility.
18.9 No food may be prepared in hostel rooms.
18.10 A student may not keep any pets or other animals in or at the hostel.
18.11 In addition to any disciplinary measures which may be taken, a student will forfeit the
privilege of keeping a radio or similar device should its usage cause any offence.
GHR23 VISITORS
23.1 Visitors and spouses are not allowed in any part of the hostel rooms after 10.00 pm
(squatting) during week days and after midnight during weekends.
23.2 A resident student who permits a visitor and/or spouse to spend the night in his/her
room is guilty of a transgression.
376
GHR24 INITIATION CEREMONIES AND RAIDS
24.1 Initiation ceremonies and raids are strictly prohibited.
GHR26 LAUNDRY
26.1 Laundry is done in accordance with internal laundry procedures.
GHR29 SMOKING
29.1 No smoking is allowed in any of the Polytechnic buildings including Polytechnic
Hostels, this includes hablibably.
377
AWARDS
AW 1 RECTOR’S MEDAL
AW 1.1 A candidate should have completed his/her programme within the prescribed period
of study.
AW 1.2 He/she must have passed all courses with at least 70 %.
AW 1.3 The overall average mark achieved by the candidate may not be less than 75 %.
AW 1.4 Should he/she be exempted from a course(s), course mark(s) for such a course(s)
shall be ignored in calculating his/her overall average mark. Courses completed in
addition to the minimum requirements for a qualification shall be ignored in calculating
the overall average mark.
AW 1.5 He/she must have maintained a clean academic record throughout his/her studies
at the Polytechnic: no repeating candidate will be eligible for selection.
AW 1.6 Apart from receiving the Rector’s medal and a Certificate of Congratulations, he/she
shall also receive a cash award as determined by the Rector from time to time.
Note: The Rector’s medal shall only be awarded for the highest qualification in a
programme.
AW 2 MERIT AWARDS
AW 2.1 To receive a merit award, a student must obtain a minimum overall mark of 70 %.
AW 2.2 Normally students who have repeated any course(s) at any level shall not be eligible
for merit awards.
AW 2.3 The best final year student per qualification and the best student of the Polytechnic
awards shall be granted.
AW 2.4 Students who qualify as the best first year and the best non-final year students shall
be given certificates of congratulations only.
AW 2.5 All students who obtain distinctions shall receive a discount on tuition fees for every
distinction obtained in a full course.
378